automation pc 3100 · automation pc 3100 user's manual v0.60 1 automation pc 3100 user's...

177
Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual All values in this manual are current as of its publication. We reserve the right to change the contents of this manual without notice. B&R Industrial Automation GmbH is not liable for technical/editorial errors or incomplete information in this manual. In addition, B&R Industrial Automation GmbH shall not be liable for incidental or consequential damages in connection with or arising from the furnishing, performance or use of this material. The software names, hardware names and trademarks used in this document are registered by their respective companies.

Upload: others

Post on 27-Sep-2020

25 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1

Automation PC 3100User's manual

Version: 0.60 (October 2017)Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG

Translation of the original manual

All values in this manual are current as of its publication. We reserve the right to change the contents of this manualwithout notice. B&R Industrial Automation GmbH is not liable for technical/editorial errors or incomplete informationin this manual. In addition, B&R Industrial Automation GmbH shall not be liable for incidental or consequentialdamages in connection with or arising from the furnishing, performance or use of this material. The software names,hardware names and trademarks used in this document are registered by their respective companies.

Page 2: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Chapter index

2 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Chapter 1: General information

Chapter 2: Technical data

Chapter 3: Commissioning

Chapter 4: Software

Chapter 5: Standards and certifications

Chapter 6: Accessories

Chapter 7: Servicing and maintenance

Appendix A

Page 3: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Table of contents

Tabl

e of

con

tent

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 3

Chapter 1 General information................................................................................... 71 Manual history....................................................................................................................................................72 Safety guidelines................................................................................................................................................8

2.1 Intended use.................................................................................................................................................82.2 Protection against electrostatic discharge....................................................................................................8

2.2.1 Packaging................................................................................................................................................82.2.2 Guidelines for proper ESD handling.......................................................................................................8

2.3 Policies and procedures...............................................................................................................................82.4 Transport and storage..................................................................................................................................92.5 Installation.....................................................................................................................................................92.6 Operation...................................................................................................................................................... 9

2.6.1 Protection against touching electrical parts............................................................................................92.6.2 Environmental conditions - Dust, moisture, corrosive gases..................................................................92.6.3 Viruses and dangerous programs........................................................................................................ 10

2.7 Environmentally friendly disposal............................................................................................................... 102.7.1 Separation of materials.........................................................................................................................10

3 Organization of safety notices......................................................................................................................... 104 Guidelines.........................................................................................................................................................105 Overview...........................................................................................................................................................10

Chapter 2 Technical data.......................................................................................... 131 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................13

1.1 About this user's manual............................................................................................................................131.2 Optimized mid-range performance.............................................................................................................131.3 Maximum flexibility through modularity...................................................................................................... 131.4 Broad performance spectrum.....................................................................................................................131.5 Features......................................................................................................................................................141.6 System components / Configuration.......................................................................................................... 14

1.6.1 Configuration......................................................................................................................................... 142 Complete system............................................................................................................................................. 16

2.1 Connection options.....................................................................................................................................162.1.1 SDL operation....................................................................................................................................... 162.1.2 DVI operation........................................................................................................................................ 182.1.3 SDL4 operation..................................................................................................................................... 19

2.2 Mechanical characteristics..........................................................................................................................202.2.1 Dimensions............................................................................................................................................202.2.2 Drilling template.................................................................................................................................... 202.2.3 Spacing for air circulation..................................................................................................................... 212.2.4 Mounting orientations............................................................................................................................222.2.5 Weight specifications............................................................................................................................ 22

2.3 Environmental characteristics.....................................................................................................................232.3.1 Temperature specifications................................................................................................................... 232.3.2 Relative humidity...................................................................................................................................272.3.3 Vibration................................................................................................................................................ 272.3.4 Shock.....................................................................................................................................................272.3.5 Protection.............................................................................................................................................. 27

2.4 Electrical characteristics............................................................................................................................. 282.4.1 +24 VDC power supply.........................................................................................................................282.4.2 Power calculation.................................................................................................................................. 29

2.5 Device interfaces and slots........................................................................................................................ 302.5.1 Device interfaces - Overview................................................................................................................302.5.2 +24 VDC power supply.........................................................................................................................312.5.3 Ethernet 1 interface (ETH1)..................................................................................................................322.5.4 Ethernet 2 interface (ETH2)..................................................................................................................322.5.5 USB interfaces...................................................................................................................................... 332.5.6 CFast slot 1...........................................................................................................................................342.5.7 CFast slot 2...........................................................................................................................................34

Page 4: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Table of contents

4 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.8 Power button.........................................................................................................................................352.5.9 Reset button..........................................................................................................................................352.5.10 LED status indicators..........................................................................................................................362.5.11 Battery................................................................................................................................................. 372.5.12 SDL/DVI-D interface............................................................................................................................382.5.13 IF option 1 slot....................................................................................................................................392.5.14 IF option 2 slot....................................................................................................................................402.5.15 IF option 3 slot....................................................................................................................................40

3 Individual components..................................................................................................................................... 413.1 System units............................................................................................................................................... 41

3.1.1 5APC3100.KBUx-000............................................................................................................................413.2 Main memory..............................................................................................................................................44

3.2.1 5MMDDR.xxxx-04................................................................................................................................. 443.3 CFast cards................................................................................................................................................ 45

3.3.1 General information...............................................................................................................................453.3.2 Basic information...................................................................................................................................453.3.3 5CFAST.xxxx-00....................................................................................................................................473.3.4 5CFAST.xxxx-10....................................................................................................................................50

3.4 Graphics options.........................................................................................................................................533.4.1 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000............................................................................................................................533.4.2 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000.............................................................................................................................553.4.3 5ACCLI02.SD40-000.............................................................................................................................58

3.5 Interface options......................................................................................................................................... 603.5.1 5AC901.I485-00.................................................................................................................................... 603.5.2 5AC901.ICAN-00...................................................................................................................................643.5.3 5AC901.ICAN-01...................................................................................................................................673.5.4 5AC901.IHDA-00...................................................................................................................................703.5.5 5AC901.ISRM-00.................................................................................................................................. 723.5.6 5AC901.IPLK-00....................................................................................................................................743.5.7 5AC901.IRDY-00...................................................................................................................................783.5.8 5AC901.ISIO-00.................................................................................................................................... 803.5.9 5AC901.IETH-00................................................................................................................................... 82

3.6 Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)...........................................................................................................833.6.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................ 833.6.2 5AC901.IUPS-00...................................................................................................................................853.6.3 5AC901.IUPS-01...................................................................................................................................873.6.4 5AC901.BUPS-00..................................................................................................................................893.6.5 5AC901.BUPS-01..................................................................................................................................933.6.6 5CAUPS.xxxx-01...................................................................................................................................97

3.7 Front covers................................................................................................................................................993.7.1 5ACCFF01.0000-00x.............................................................................................................................99

3.8 Key covers................................................................................................................................................1003.8.1 5ACCBC01.0000-00x..........................................................................................................................100

Chapter 3 Commissioning.......................................................................................1011 Installation...................................................................................................................................................... 101

1.1 Important information concerning installation/commissioning.................................................................. 1011.2 Installing an Automation PC.....................................................................................................................102

1.2.1 Procedure............................................................................................................................................1021.3 Installation information for individual deliveries / individual components................................................. 103

2 Connecting to the power grid........................................................................................................................ 1042.1 Installing the DC power cable.................................................................................................................. 104

2.1.1 Wiring.................................................................................................................................................. 1042.2 Connecting the power supply to a B&R device....................................................................................... 1052.3 Grounding concept - Functional ground...................................................................................................105

3 Cable connections..........................................................................................................................................1064 Switching on the device for the first time...................................................................................................... 107

Page 5: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Table of contents

Tabl

e of

con

tent

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 5

4.1 General information before switching on the device................................................................................1074.2 Switching on the device........................................................................................................................... 107

5 General instructions for performing temperature testing............................................................................... 1085.1 Procedure................................................................................................................................................. 1085.2 Evaluating temperatures in Windows operating systems........................................................................ 108

5.2.1 Evaluating with the B&R Control Center............................................................................................ 1085.2.2 Evaluating with the BurnInTest tool from PassMark...........................................................................109

5.3 Evaluating temperatures in non-Windows operating systems................................................................. 1105.4 Evaluating the measurement results........................................................................................................110

Chapter 4 Software.................................................................................................. 1111 Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB........................................................................................................ 111

1.1 General information.................................................................................................................................. 1111.2 APC3100 - Order data............................................................................................................................. 1111.3 APC3100 - Overview................................................................................................................................1111.4 Features with Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB............................................................................ 1111.5 Installation.................................................................................................................................................1121.6 Drivers.......................................................................................................................................................1121.7 Activation.................................................................................................................................................. 1121.8 Issues and limitations...............................................................................................................................1131.9 Supported display resolutions.................................................................................................................. 113

2 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center.............................................................................1132.1 Functions.................................................................................................................................................. 1142.2 Installation.................................................................................................................................................115

3 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) Development Kit............................................................................ 1164 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK......................................................................................1185 B&R Key Editor..............................................................................................................................................1206 B&R KCF Editor.............................................................................................................................................1227 HMI Service Center....................................................................................................................................... 123

7.1 5SWUTI.0001-000.................................................................................................................................... 1237.1.1 General information.............................................................................................................................1237.1.2 Order data...........................................................................................................................................123

Chapter 5 Standards and certifications................................................................. 1241 Standards and guidelines.............................................................................................................................. 124

1.1 CE marking...............................................................................................................................................1241.2 EMC directive........................................................................................................................................... 124

2 Certifications...................................................................................................................................................1242.1 UL certification..........................................................................................................................................1242.2 EAC...........................................................................................................................................................1252.3 KC............................................................................................................................................................. 1252.4 RCM..........................................................................................................................................................1252.5 UL Haz. Loc. certification......................................................................................................................... 126

2.5.1 General safety guidelines................................................................................................................... 1262.5.2 Mounting and installation.................................................................................................................... 1262.5.3 Operation.............................................................................................................................................1262.5.4 Servicing, disturbances and removal..................................................................................................1272.5.5 USB connection with the Automation PC 3100..................................................................................1282.5.6 USB connection with optional DisplayPort graphics option................................................................130

Chapter 6 Accessories............................................................................................ 1321 Power connectors.......................................................................................................................................... 132

1.1 0TB103.9x.................................................................................................................................................1321.1.1 General information.............................................................................................................................1321.1.2 Order data...........................................................................................................................................1321.1.3 Technical data.....................................................................................................................................132

2 Terminal block ready relay............................................................................................................................ 134

Page 6: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Table of contents

6 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.1 0TB2104.8000.......................................................................................................................................... 1342.1.1 General information.............................................................................................................................1342.1.2 Order data...........................................................................................................................................1342.1.3 Technical data.....................................................................................................................................134

3 Replacement CMOS batteries....................................................................................................................... 1353.1 0AC201.91 / 4A0006.00-000....................................................................................................................135

3.1.1 General information.............................................................................................................................1353.1.2 Order data...........................................................................................................................................1353.1.3 Technical data.....................................................................................................................................135

4 USB flash drives............................................................................................................................................ 1364.1 5MMUSB.xxxx-01..................................................................................................................................... 136

4.1.1 General information.............................................................................................................................1364.1.2 Order data...........................................................................................................................................1364.1.3 Technical data.....................................................................................................................................1364.1.4 Temperature/Humidity diagram...........................................................................................................137

4.2 5MMUSB.032G-02....................................................................................................................................1384.2.1 General information.............................................................................................................................1384.2.2 Order data...........................................................................................................................................1384.2.3 Technical data.....................................................................................................................................1384.2.4 Temperature/Humidity diagram...........................................................................................................139

5 Cables............................................................................................................................................................ 1405.1 SDL3/SDL4 cables................................................................................................................................... 140

5.1.1 5CASD3.xxxx-00................................................................................................................................. 1405.2 SDL cables............................................................................................................................................... 143

5.2.1 5CASDL.0xxx-00.................................................................................................................................1435.3 SDL cables with 45° male connector.......................................................................................................146

5.3.1 5CASDL.0xxx-01.................................................................................................................................1465.4 SDL flex cables........................................................................................................................................ 149

5.4.1 5CASDL.0xxx-03.................................................................................................................................1495.5 SDL flex cables with extender................................................................................................................. 153

5.5.1 5CASDL.0xx0-13.................................................................................................................................1535.6 DVI cables................................................................................................................................................ 156

5.6.1 5CADVI.0xxx-00..................................................................................................................................1565.7 RS232 cables........................................................................................................................................... 159

5.7.1 9A0014.xx.......................................................................................................................................... 1595.8 USB cables...............................................................................................................................................161

5.8.1 5CAUSB.00xx-00................................................................................................................................ 161

Chapter 7 Servicing and maintenance...................................................................1631 Installing and connecting the UPS battery unit............................................................................................. 1632 Repairs, complaints and replacement parts.................................................................................................. 163

Appendix A .............................................................................................................. 1651 Maintenance Controller Extended (MTCX)....................................................................................................1652 Abbreviations..................................................................................................................................................165

Page 7: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

General information • Manual history

Cha

pter

1G

ener

al in

form

atio

n

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 7

Chapter 1 • General information

Information:This user's manual is not intended for end customers! It is the responsibility of the machine manufac-turer or system provider to provide the safety guidelines relevant to end customers in the operatinginstructions for the end customer in the respective local language.

1 Manual historyVersion Date Change0.10 PRELIMINARY 2017-03-17 • First version0.20 PRELIMINARY 2017-07-03 • Documented system units "5APC3100.KBUx-000".

• Renamed monitor/panel options to "Graphics options".• Renamed DVI-D & SDL interface to "SDL/DVI-D interface".• Documented the following graphics options:

° "5ACCLI02.DPO0-000"° "5ACCLI02.SDL0-000"° "5ACCLI02.SD40-000"

• Updated sections "Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)" on page 83 and "Mechanical characteristics"on page 20.

• Updated chapter 3 "Commissioning".• Documented interface option "5AC901.ICAN-01".• Updated section Electrical characteristics.

0.60 PRELIMINARY 2017-10-17 • Updated sections "B&R Key Editor" on page 120, "B&R KCF Editor" on page 122, "HMI ServiceCenter" on page 123, "UL Haz. Loc. certification" on page 126, "Repairs, complaints and replacementparts" on page 163 and "Abbreviations" on page 165.

• Revised sections "Installation" on page 101 and "Maintenance Controller Extended (MTCX)" on page165.

• Updated chapter 2 "Technical data".• Documented cable 5CAUPS.0013-01, see "5CAUPS.xxxx-01" on page 97.

Page 8: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

General information • Safety guidelines

8 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2 Safety guidelines

2.1 Intended use

Programmable logic controllers (PLCs), operating/monitoring devices (industrial PCs, Power Panels, Mobile Pan-els, etc.) and uninterruptible power supplies from B&R have been designed, developed and manufactured forconventional use in industrial environments. They were not designed, developed and manufactured for any useinvolving serious risks or hazards that could lead to death, injury, serious physical impairment or loss of any kindwithout the implementation of exceptionally stringent safety precautions. In particular, this includes the use of thesedevices to monitor nuclear reactions in nuclear power plants, in flight control or flight safety systems as well as inthe control of mass transportation systems, medical life support systems or weapons systems.

2.2 Protection against electrostatic discharge

Electrical components that can be damaged by electrostatic discharge (ESD) must be handled accordingly.

2.2.1 Packaging

• Electrical components with a housing...do not require special ESD packaging but must be handled properly (see "Electrical components witha housing").

• Electrical components without a housing...are protected by ESD-suitable packaging.

2.2.2 Guidelines for proper ESD handling

Electrical components with a housing

• Do not touch the connector contacts on connected cables.• Do not touch the contact tips on circuit boards.

Electrical components without a housing

The following points apply in addition to the points listed under "Electrical components with a housing":

• Any persons handling electrical components or devices with installed electrical components must begrounded.

• Components are only permitted to be touched on their narrow sides or front plate.• Components must always be placed on or stored in a suitable medium (ESD packaging, conductive foam,

etc.). Metallic surfaces are not suitable storage surfaces!• Components must not be subjected to electrostatic discharge (e.g. caused by charged plastics).• Observe a minimum distance of 10 cm from monitors and television sets.• Measuring instruments and equipment must be grounded.• Probe tips of galvanically isolated measuring instruments must be temporarily discharged on suitably

grounded surfaces before taking measurements.

Individual components

• ESD protective measures for individual components are thoroughly implemented at B&R (conductive floors,footwear, arm bands, etc.).

• These increased ESD protective measures for individual components are not necessary for customershandling B&R products.

2.3 Policies and procedures

Electronic devices are never completely failsafe. If the programmable logic controller, operating/monitoring deviceor uninterruptible power supply fails, the user is responsible for ensuring that other connected devices such asmotors are brought to a safe state.

Page 9: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

General information • Safety guidelines

Cha

pter

1G

ener

al in

form

atio

n

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 9

When using programmable logic controllers or operating/monitoring devices as control systems in connection witha Soft PLC (e.g. B&R Automation Runtime or comparable product) or Slot PLC (e.g. B&R LS251 or comparableproduct), safety precautions relevant to industrial control systems (e.g. the provision of safety devices such asemergency stop, etc.) must be observed in accordance with applicable national and international regulations. Thisalso applies to all other devices connected to the system, such as drives.All tasks such as the installation, commissioning and servicing of devices are only permitted to be carried out byqualified personnel. Qualified personnel are those familiar with the transport, mounting, installation, commissioningand operation of devices who also have the appropriate qualifications to perform these tasks (e.g. IEC 60364).National accident prevention regulations must be observed.The safety notices, information about connection conditions (nameplate and documentation) and limit values spec-ified in the technical data must be read carefully before installation and commissioning and are to be observedin all cases.

2.4 Transport and storage

During transport and storage, devices must be protected against undue stress (mechanical loads, temperature,moisture, corrosive atmospheres, etc.).

2.5 Installation

• Devices are not ready for use immediately upon delivery. They must be installed and wired according tothe requirements of this documentation in order for EMC limit values to be observed.

• Installation must be performed according to this documentation using suitable equipment and tools.• Devices are only permitted to be installed by qualified personnel and when the power is switched off. Before

installation, voltage to the control cabinet must be switched off and prevented from being switched on again.• General safety guidelines and national accident prevention regulations must be observed.• Electrical installation must be carried out in accordance with applicable guidelines (e.g. wire cross sections,

fuses, protective ground connections).

2.6 Operation

2.6.1 Protection against touching electrical parts

To operate programmable logic controllers, operating/monitoring devices and uninterruptible power supplies, cer-tain components must carry dangerous voltage levels over 42 VDC. Touching one of these components can resultin a life-threatening electric shock. This could lead to death, severe injury or damage to property.Before switching on programmable logic controllers, operating/monitoring devices or the uninterruptible powersupply, it must be ensured that the housing is properly connected to ground (PE rail). Ground connections mustalso be established when the operating/monitoring device or uninterruptible power supply is connected for testpurposes or only being operated for a short period of time!Before switching on the device, all voltage-carrying components must be securely covered. During operation, allcovers must remain closed.

2.6.2 Environmental conditions - Dust, moisture, corrosive gases

The use of operating/monitoring devices (e.g. industrial PCs, Power Panels, Mobile Panels) and uninterruptiblepower supplies in very dusty environments must be avoided. The collection of dust on devices can affect function-ality and may prevent sufficient cooling, especially in systems with active cooling (fans).The presence of corrosive gases can also result in impaired functionality. In combination with high temperature andhumidity, corrosive gases – e.g. with sulfur, nitrogen and chlorine components – can induce chemical reactionsthat can damage electronic components very quickly. The presence of corrosive gases is indicated by blackenedcopper surfaces and cable ends on existing installations.When operated in dusty or moist environments that could potentially impair functionality, operating/monitoringdevices such as the Automation Panel and Power Panel are protected on the front against the ingress of dustor moisture when installed properly (e.g. cutout installation). The back of all devices must be protected from theingress of dust and moisture, however; any collected dust must be removed at suitable intervals.

Page 10: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

General information • Overview

10 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.6.3 Viruses and dangerous programs

This system is subject to potential risk each time data is exchanged or software is installed from a data storagedevice (e.g. diskette, CD-ROM, USB flash drive, etc.), network connection or the Internet. The user is responsiblefor assessing these risks, implementing preventive measures such as virus protection programs, firewalls, etc. andmaking sure that software is obtained only from trusted sources.

2.7 Environmentally friendly disposal

All programmable controllers, operating/monitoring devices and uninterruptible power supplies from B&R are de-signed to minimize harm to the environment as far as possible.

2.7.1 Separation of materials

It is necessary to separate out the different materials so that devices can undergo an environmentally friendlyrecycling process.Component DisposalProgrammable logic controllersOperating/Monitoring devicesUninterruptible power supplyBatteries and rechargeable batteriesCables

Electronics recycling

Cardboard/Paper packaging Paper/Cardboard recyclingPlastic packaging material Plastic recycling

Table 1: Environmentally friendly disposal

Disposal must take place in accordance with applicable legal regulations.

3 Organization of safety notices

Safety notices in this user's manual / data sheet are organized as follows:Safety notice Description

Danger! Failure to observe these safety guidelines and notices can result in death, severe injury or substantial damage to property.Caution! Failure to observe these safety guidelines and notices can result in severe injury or substantial damage to property.Warning! Failure to observe these safety guidelines and notices can result in injury or damage to property.

Information: These instructions are important for avoiding malfunctions.

Table 2: Organization of safety notices

4 Guidelines

EEuropean dimension standards apply to all dimension diagrams.

All dimensions are specified in mm.Unless otherwise specified, the following general tolerances apply:Range of nominal size General tolerance per

DIN ISO 2768 (medium)Up to 6 mm ±0.1 mm6 to 30 mm ±0.2 mm30 to 120 mm ±0.3 mm120 to 400 mm ±0.5 mm400 to 1000 mm ±0.8 mm

Table 3: Range of nominal sizes

5 OverviewModel number Short description Page

Accessories0TB103.9 Connector 24 VDC - 3-pin female - Screw clamp terminal block 3.31 mm² 1320TB103.91 Connector 24 VDC - 3-pin female - Cage clamp terminal block 3.31 mm² 1325SWUTI.0001-000 HMI Service Center USB flash drive - Hardware diagnostic software - For APC810/PPC800 - For APC910/

PPC900 - For APC2100/PPC2100 - For APC51x/PP500 - For Automation Panel 800/900123

Batteries0AC201.91 Lithium batteries 4 pcs., 3 V / 950 mAh button cell 135

Page 11: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

General information • Overview

Cha

pter

1G

ener

al in

form

atio

n

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 11

Model number Short description Page4A0006.00-000 Lithium battery, 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell 135

CFast cards5CFAST.016G-00 CFast card, 16 GB SLC 475CFAST.032G-00 CFast card, 32 GB SLC 475CFAST.032G-10 CFast card, 32 GB MLC 505CFAST.064G-10 CFast card, 64 GB MLC 505CFAST.128G-10 CFast card, 128 GB MLC 505CFAST.2048-00 CFast card, 2 GB SLC 475CFAST.256G-10 CFast card, 256 GB MLC 505CFAST.4096-00 CFast card, 4 GB SLC 475CFAST.8192-00 CFast card, 8 GB SLC 47

DVI cables5CADVI.0018-00 DVI-D cable - 1.8 m 1565CADVI.0050-00 DVI-D cable - 5 m 1565CADVI.0100-00 DVI-D cable - 10 m 156

Front covers5ACCFF01.0000-000 APC3100 front cover - Orange - With B&R logo 995ACCFF01.0000-001 APC3100 front cover - Dark gray - Without logo 995ACCFF01.0000-002 APC3100 front cover - Orange - Without logo 99

Graphics options5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 Graphics option - 1x DisplayPort transmitter (V1.2) - For APC3100/PPC3100 535ACCLI02.SD40-000 Graphics option - 1x SDL4 transmitter (max. 1920 x 1080) - For APC3100/PPC3100 585ACCLI02.SDL0-000 Graphics option - 1x SDL/DVI transmitter - For APC3100/PPC3100 55

Interface options5AC901.I485-00 Interface card - 1x RS232/422/485 interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 605AC901.ICAN-00 Interface card - 1x CAN interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 645AC901.ICAN-01 Interface card - 1x CAN interface (SJA1000) - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 675AC901.IETH-00 Interface card - 1x ETH 10/100/1000 - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 825AC901.IHDA-00 Interface card - 1x audio interface (1x MIC / 1x Line In / 1x OUT) - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 705AC901.IPLK-00 Interface card - 1x POWERLINK interface - 2 MB SRAM - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 745AC901.IRDY-00 Interface card - Ready relay - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 785AC901.ISIO-00 Interface card - System I/O - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 805AC901.ISRM-00 Interface card - 2 MB RAM - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100 72

Key covers5ACCBC01.0000-000 APC3100 key cover - Orange 1005ACCBC01.0000-001 APC3100 key cover - Dark gray 100

Main memory5MMDDR.016G-04 SO-DIMM DDR4, 16384 MB 445MMDDR.4096-04 SO-DIMM DDR4, 4096 MB 445MMDDR.8192-04 SO-DIMM DDR4, 8192 MB 44

RS232 cables9A0014.02 RS232 extension cable for operation of a remote display unit with touch screen, 1.8 m 1599A0014.05 RS232 extension cable for operation of a remote display unit with touch screen, 5 m 1599A0014.10 RS232 extension cable for operation of a remote display unit with touch screen, 10 m 159

SDL cables5CASDL.0008-00 SDL cable - 0.8 m 1435CASDL.0018-00 SDL cable - 1.8 m 1435CASDL.0050-00 SDL cable - 5 m 1435CASDL.0100-00 SDL cable - 10 m 1435CASDL.0150-00 SDL cable - 15 m 1435CASDL.0200-00 SDL cable - 20 m 1435CASDL.0250-00 SDL cable - 25 m 1435CASDL.0300-00 SDL cable - 30 m 143

SDL cables 45° connection5CASDL.0018-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 1.8 m 1465CASDL.0050-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 5 m 1465CASDL.0100-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 10 m 1465CASDL.0150-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 15 m 146

SDL cables flex5CASDL.0018-03 SDL flex cable - 1.8 m 1495CASDL.0050-03 SDL flex cable - 5 m 1495CASDL.0100-03 SDL flex cable - 10 m 1495CASDL.0150-03 SDL flex cable - 15 m 1495CASDL.0200-03 SDL flex cable - 20 m 1495CASDL.0250-03 SDL flex cable - 25 m 1495CASDL.0300-03 SDL flex cable - 30 m 1495CASDL.0300-13 SDL flex cable with extender - 30 m 1535CASDL.0400-13 SDL flex cable with extender - 40 m 1535CASDL.0430-13 SDL flex cable with extender - 43 m 153

SDL3/SDL4 cables5CASD3.0030-00 SDL3 cable - 3 m 1405CASD3.0050-00 SDL3 cable - 5 m 1405CASD3.0100-00 SDL3 cable - 10 m 1405CASD3.0150-00 SDL3 cable - 15 m 140

Page 12: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

General information • Overview

12 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number Short description Page5CASD3.0200-00 SDL3 cable - 20 m 1405CASD3.0300-00 SDL3 cable - 30 m 1405CASD3.0500-00 SDL3 cable - 50 m 1405CASD3.1000-00 SDL3 cable - 100 m 140

System units5APC3100.KBU0-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Celeron 3965U 2.2 GHz - Dual core 415APC3100.KBU1-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Core i3 7100U 2.4 GHz - Dual core 415APC3100.KBU2-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Core i5 7300U 2.6 GHz - Dual core 415APC3100.KBU3-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Core i7 7600U 2.8 GHz - Dual core 41

Terminal blocks0TB2104.8000 Connector 24 VDC - 4-pin female - Screw clamp terminal block 2.5 mm² 134

USB accessories5MMUSB.032G-02 USB 3.0 flash drive 32 GB MLC 1385MMUSB.2048-01 USB 2.0 flash drive 2048 MB B&R 1365MMUSB.4096-01 USB 2.0 flash drive 4096 MB B&R 136

USB cables5CAUSB.0018-00 USB 2.0 connection cable - Type A - type B connector - 1.8 m 1615CAUSB.0050-00 USB 2.0 connection cable - Type A - type B connector - 5 m 161

Uninterruptible power supplies5AC901.BUPS-00 Battery unit 4.5 Ah - For UPS 5AC901.IUPS-00 895AC901.BUPS-01 Battery unit 2.2 Ah - For UPS 5AC901.IUPS-01 935AC901.IUPS-00 UPS - For 4.5 Ah battery 855AC901.IUPS-01 UPS - For 2.2 Ah battery 875CAUPS.0005-01 UPS cable - 0.5 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx 975CAUPS.0010-01 UPS cable - 1 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx 975CAUPS.0013-01 UPS cable - 1.3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx 975CAUPS.0030-01 UPS cable - 3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx 97

Windows 10 IoT Enterprise5SWW10.0653-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - Value - Multilingual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (UEFI boot) - License

(without Recovery DVD) - Only available with a new device111

5SWW10.0655-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - Value - Multilingual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (legacy BIOS boot)- License (without Recovery DVD) - Only available with a new device

111

5SWW10.0753-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - High End - Multilingual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (UEFI boot) -License (without Recovery DVD) - Only available with a new device

111

5SWW10.0755-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - High End - Multilingual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (legacy BIOSboot) - License (without Recovery DVD) - Only available with a new device

111

Page 13: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Introduction

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 13

Chapter 2 • Technical data

1 Introduction

1.1 About this user's manual

This user's manual contains all relevant information about an operational Automation PC 3100 cabinet-mounteddevice.

1.2 Optimized mid-range performance

The Automation PC 3100 family of products combines the advantages of a compact system with very powerfulCore i-series processors from the latest generation. The Automation PC 3100 requires little space in the controlcabinet for this and simultaneously provides innovative modularity.

1.3 Maximum flexibility through modularity

The Automation PC 3100 includes a wide range of modular interface options. Two slots are available to operatevarious interface cards for serial interfaces, Ethernet, CAN and POWERLINK; a UPS option and audio are alsoavailable. Two CFast data storage devices with capacity up to 256 GB provide substantial disk space in a compactformat.

1.4 Broad performance spectrum

Processors are based on Intel's Core-i technology. They can be scaled over a very wide range, from Celeronto Core i7. This allows the processing power to be adapted exactly as needed to the respective application. Allvariants are fanless, so the Automation PC 3100 has no rotating parts at all. Maintenance tasks such as replacingair filters are therefore not necessary. The amount of memory is also scalable from 4 to 32 GB. This allows thisPC generation to also handle extremely demanding applications.

Page 14: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Introduction

14 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

1.5 Features

• Intel Core-i processor technology• Up to 32 GB main memory• Powerful graphics (Intel HD graphics)• Compact dimensions• 2x Gigabit Ethernet• Onboard SDL/DVI• 4x USB 3.0, 1x USB 2.0 (internal, only for Technology Guard)• 2x CFast slots• 3x interface option slots• 24 VDC supply voltage• Fanless operation• Real-time clock (RTC, battery-backed)• Wide range of graphics options: DP/DVI/SDL/SDL4• TPM 2.0 security

1.6 System components / Configuration

1.6.1 Configuration

The following individual components are required for an operational Automation PC 3100:

• System unit• Main memory• CFast card for the operating system• Operating system

Page 15: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Introduction

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 15

System units Select 1Configuration

Mass storage devices

5ACCLI02.DPO0-0005ACCLI02.SDL0-0005ACCLI02.SD40-000

5APC3100.KBU0-0005APC3100.KBU1-000

5APC3100.KBU2-0005APC3100.KBU3-000

Covers

5CFAST.032G-105CFAST.064G-105CFAST.128G-105CFAST.256G-10

5CFAST.2048-005CFAST.4096-005CFAST.8192-005CFAST.016G-005CFAST.032G-00

5ACCBC01.0000-000

1) If no front cover is selected during device configuration, then front cover 5ACCFF01.0000-000(orange APC3100 front cover with B&R logo) is installed and delivered by default.2) If no key cover is selected during device configuration, then key cover 5ACCBC01.0000-000(orange APC3100 key cover) is installed and delivered by default.3) The UPS module can only be operated in the slot for IF option 1.

5AC901.IHDA-005AC901.IRDY-005AC901.IPLK-00

5AC901.ISIO-005AC901.ISRM-005AC901.IETH-00

5AC901.I485-005AC901.ICAN-005AC901.ICAN-01

5ACCFF01.0000-000

Main memory

5MMDDR.4096-045MMDDR.8192-045MMDDR.016G-04

UPS module5AC901.IUPS-005AC901.IUPS-01

Battery unit5AC901.BUPS-005AC901.BUPS-01

UPS cable5CAUPS.0005-015CAUPS.0010-015CAUPS.0013-015CAUPS.0030-01

3)

Configuration

Front cover

Graphics options Select 1 as an option

Interface options Select max. 2 as an option

Select 1 as an optionUPS

CFast cards

Select 1

5MMUSB.2048-015MMUSB.4096-01

Operating systems

Power connectors0TB103.90TB103.91

Select as an option

Select 1

Accessories

Terminal blocks

5MMUSB.032G-02

Interfaces

Select max. 2

Select 11)

Select 12)

Select max. 2

Key cover

5ACCFF01.0000-001

5ACCBC01.0000-001

5ACCFF01.0000-002

Reset

Power

Battery

Windows 105SWW10.065 -MUL3 (UEFI)5SWW10.0 5 -MUL6 5 (legacy)

5SWW10.0 5 -MUL7 3 (UEFI)5SWW10.075 -MUL5 (legacy)

Figure 1: APC3100 configuration

Page 16: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

16 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2 Complete system

2.1 Connection options

An Automation Panel can be connected to the Automation PC via the onboard DVI-D/SDL interface as well as viaan optional graphics option. The connection options described below provide an overview of the operating modesas well as possible limitations.

2.1.1 SDL operation

2.1.1.1 SDL operation - Mode 1

In SDL operating mode 1, all communication between the Automation Panel and B&R industrial PC is handledusing a single SDL cable.In addition to display data, information from the touch screen and matrix keys as well as service and diagnosticdata is transferred. The Automation Panel can be installed up to 40 m from the B&R industrial PC. USB 1.1 is alsotransferred over this distance and fully integrated in SDL. External modules are not necessary for this.The brightness of the display can be set using the ADI Control Center, for example.

Automation Panelwith SDL/DVI receiver

B&R industrial PC

SDL cable

SDL mode 1

Power supply

Grounding

Power supply

Grounding

Availability of interfaces on the Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver:Panel In ✓ USB In x Power supply ✓ Brightness controls xUSB1, USB2 ✓ USB 1.1 COM touch screen inter-

facex Grounding ✓

Maximum cable length: 40 m

Requirements• Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver• B&R industrial PC with SDL interface• SDL cable

Page 17: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 17

2.1.1.2 SDL operation - Mode 2

In SDL operating mode 2, communication between the Automation Panel and B&R industrial PC is handled usingan SDL cable connected to interface "Panel In" and a USB type A/B cable connected to interface "USB In".In addition to display data, information from the resistive touch screen and matrix keys as well as LED, service anddiagnostic data is transferred over the SDL cable. Data from the multi-touch touch screen is transferred over theUSB type A/B cable. The Automation Panel can be installed up to 5 m (USB specification) from the B&R industrialPC. USB 2.0 data can be transferred over this distance via the USB type A/B cable. External modules are notnecessary for this.The brightness of the display can be set using the ADI Control Center, for example.

SDL cable

USB type A/B cable

Automation Panelwith SDL/DVI Receiver

SDL mode 2

B&R industrial PC

Power supply

Grounding

Power supply

Grounding

Availability of interfaces on the Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver:Panel In ✓ USB In ✓ USB 2.0 Power supply ✓ Brightness controls xUSB1, USB2 ✓ USB 2.0 COM touch screen inter-

facex Grounding ✓

Maximum cable length: 5 m

Requirements• Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver• B&R industrial PC with SDL interface• SDL cable, USB type A/B cable

Page 18: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

18 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.1.2 DVI operation

In the DVI operating mode, all signals needed to operate the Automation Panel are each transferred over a separatecable. The brightness of the display can be set using the brightness buttons.

2.1.2.1 DVI operation with single-touch Automation Panel

If an Automation Panel with resistive touch screen (single-touch) is operated with DVI, then a DVI cable, USB typeA/B cable and RS232 cable must be connected.

Single-touch Automation Panelwith SDL/DVI receiver

USB type A/B cable

DVI mode, single-touch

RS232 cable

DVI cable

Industrial PC

Power supply

Grounding

Power supply

Grounding

Availability of interfaces on the Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver:Panel In ✓ USB In ✓ USB 2.0 Power supply ✓ Brightness controls ✓USB1, USB2 ✓ USB 2.0 COM touch screen inter-

face✓ Grounding ✓

Maximum cable length: 5 m

Requirements• Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver• B&R industrial PC with DVI interface• DVI cable, USB type A/B cable, RS232 cable

2.1.2.2 DVI mode with multi-touch Automation Panel

If an Automation Panel with PCT touch screen (multi-touch) is operated with DVI, then a DVI cable and USB typeA/B cable must be connected.

DVI cable

USB type A/B cable

Multi-touch Automation Panelwith SDL/DVI receiver

DVI mode, multi-touch

Industrial PC

Power supply

Grounding

Power supply

Grounding

Availability of interfaces on the Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver:Panel In ✓ USB In ✓ USB 2.0 Power supply ✓ Brightness controls ✓USB1, USB2 ✓ USB 2.0 COM touch screen inter-

facex Grounding ✓

Maximum cable length: 5 m

Requirements• Automation Panel with SDL/DVI receiver• B&R industrial PC with DVI interface• DVI cable, USB type A/B cable

Page 19: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 19

2.1.3 SDL4 operation

Smart Display Link 4 (SDL4) technology transfers all communication channels between a B&R industrial PC andpanel up to 100 m over a standard Ethernet cable (min. Cat 6a). An RJ45 connector ideal for narrow spaces suchas feed-throughs and swing arm system is used to connect to the device.

2.1.3.1 SDL4 operation with SDL4 transmitter

In the SDL4 operating mode with an SDL4 transmitter in the B&R industrial PC, all communication between theAutomation Panel and B&R industrial PC is handled using a single SDL4 cable.In addition to display data, information from the touch screen and matrix keys as well as service and diagnosticdata is transferred. The Automation Panel can be installed up to 100 m from the B&R industrial PC. USB 2.0 isalso transferred over this distance and fully integrated in SDL4. External modules are not necessary for this.The brightness of the display can be set using the ADI Control Center, for example.

Automation Panelwith SDL4 receiver

B&R industrial PCwith SDL4 transmitter

SDL4 cable

SDL4 operation with SDL4 transmitter

Power supply

Grounding

Power supply

Grounding

Availability of interfaces on the Automation Panel with SDL4 receiver:SDL4 interface ✓ USB1, USB2 ✓ USB 2.0 Power supply ✓ Grounding ✓

Maximum cable length of SDL4: 100 m

Requirements• Automation Panel with SDL4 receiver• B&R industrial PC with SDL4 interface• SDL4 cable

2.1.3.2 General limitations

• The USB 2.0 transfer rate is limited to 150 Mbit/s with SDL4.• The SDL4 transmitter constantly emulates a display using EDID data and hot plugging code; this allows

DVI-compatible operation. As a result, improperly displayed images are possible during operation withmultiple displays. In Windows, a connected panel is registered by the graphics driver even in the followingsituations:

° No cable is connected.° A connection has not yet been established between the SDL4 link module and SDL4 transmitter.

These improperly displayed images can be circumvented by making suitable configurations in BIOS or viathe graphics driver.

Page 20: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

20 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.2 Mechanical characteristics

2.2.1 Dimensions

54

248.3

221.5

24

2.5

173.5

Figure 2: Automation PC 3100 with rear mounting plate - Dimensions

All dimensions are specified in mm.

Information:2D and 3D drawings (in DXF and STEP format) can be downloaded from the B&R website(www.br-automation.com).

2.2.2 Drilling template

Information:When installing the Automation PC 3100, sufficient space for air circulation as well as for operationand servicing of the device must be taken into account.

199

5.75

See detail A

Detail AScale 2:1ø 5.5

9

ø 11

All dimensions are specified in mm.

Page 21: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 21

2.2.3 Spacing for air circulation

In order to ensure sufficient air circulation, the specified clearance values must be observed above, below, to theside and behind the device. For the minimum specified clearance, see the following diagrams. This applies to allvariants.

Information:The following figure and table illustrate the complete system from a thermal point of view. Additionalspace needed to operate or service the device must be taken into account during installation.

S4

S3

S2

S1

Figure 3: Automation PC 3100 - Spacing for air circulation

S1: ≥100 mmS2: ≥50 mmS3: ≥100 mmS4: ≥50 mm

Caution!The specified air circulation clearance values are based on worst-case operation at the maximum spec-ified ambient temperature. Exceeding the maximum specified ambient temperature is not permitted!If the specified air circulation clearance values cannot be observed, then the maximum specified tem-peratures of the temperature sensors (see "Position of temperature sensors" on page 26"" on page) must be monitored by the user and appropriate measures taken if they are exceeded.

Page 22: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

22 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.2.4 Mounting orientations

Rear mounting plate

180°

-90° +90°

No limitation+5°-5°

+5°-5°

+5°-5° +5°

-5°

Temperaturederating: - °C10

No limitation

Temperaturederating: - °C10

180° No limitation

No limitation

+5°-5°

+5°-5°

Temperaturederating: - °C10

Temperaturederating: - °C10

Temperaturederating: - °C10

Temperaturederating: - °C10

-90°+5°-5° +90°+5°-5°

To achieve natural air circulation, it is important to ensure that the clearance values specified in section "Spacingfor air circulation" on page 21 are observed during installation.

2.2.5 Weight specifications

All weights are specified in g (grams).Component Model number WeightSystem unit 5APC3100.KBUxx-000 1380

5CFAST.xxxx-00 10CFast cards

5CFAST.xxxx-10 105ACCLI02.DPO0-000 275ACCLI02.SDL0-000 27Graphics options5ACCLI02.SD40-000 385AC901.I485-00 345AC901.ICAN-00 335AC901.ICAN-01 335AC901.IHDA-00 215AC901.IRDY-00 305AC901.IPLK-00 355AC901.ISIO-00 305AC901.ISRM-00 20

Interface options

5AC901.IETH-00 35

Table 4: System units, CFast cards, interface options - Weight

Page 23: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 23

2.3 Environmental characteristics

2.3.1 Temperature specifications

Since the various system units can be combined with a monitor/panel option and interface option, the followingtables provide an overview for determining the maximum, minimum and typical ambient temperatures possiblebased on these components.

Information:The minimum and maximum specified ambient temperatures have been calculated for operation un-der worst-case conditions. Experience has shown that higher ambient temperatures can be achievedin typical applications, e.g. in Microsoft Windows. Testing and evaluation in this regard must be per-formed on-site by the user in each individual case (temperatures can be read in BIOS or using the B&RControl Center, for example).

Information regarding worst-case conditions• Thermal Analysis Tool (TAT V5) from Intel for simulating 100% processor load (100% workload, 100%

memory)• BurnInTest tool (BurnInTest V7.1 Pro from PassMark Software) for simulating a 100% gigabit network load.• 4x 1 A USB load• Maximum system expansion and power consumption

2.3.1.1 Maximum ambient temperature for worst-case operation

All values apply to non-condensing operation.

C-3965U 2.2 GHz

i3-7100U 2.4 GHz

i5-7300U 2.6 GHz

i7-7600U 2.8 GHz

All temperature values in degrees Celsius (°C) at 500 m above sea level, non-condensing.

The maximum ambient temperature is typically derated by1°C per 1000 meters starting at 500 meters above sea level.

5APC

3100

.KBU

O-0

00

5APC

3100

.KBU

1-00

0

5APC

3100

.KBU

2-00

0

5APC

3100

.KBU

3-00

0

Maximum ambient temperature for worst-case operation 60 55 50 50What else can also be operated at the max.

ambient temperature, or is there a limitation?5CFAST.xxxx-00 ≥E0 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CFast cards5CFAST.xxxx-10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Graphics options5ACCLI02.SD40-000 55 ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.I485-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ICAN-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ICAN-01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.IHDA-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.IRDY-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.IPLK-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ISIO-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ISRM-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Interface options

5AC901.IETH-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Table 5: Ambient temperature during operation

2.3.1.2 Minimum ambient temperature for worst-case operation

The minimum ambient temperature for non-condensing operation is 0°C.

Page 24: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

24 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.3.1.3 Maximum ambient temperature for typical operation

Information regarding typical conditions

• The total power of all USB interfaces on the system unit is limited to 4 W.• 2x Gigabit Ethernet• No permanent 100% processor load and graphics load• The power consumption of the complete system is limited to 25 W. For information about the power con-

sumption of individual components, see 2.4.2 "Power calculation".

All values apply to non-condensing operation.

C-3965U 2.2 GHz

i3-7100U 2.4 GHz

i5-7300U 2.6 GHz

i7-7600U 2.8 GHz

All temperature values in degrees Celsius (°C) at 500 m above sea level, non-condensing.

The maximum ambient temperature is typically derated by1°C per 1000 meters starting at 500 meters above sea level.

5APC

3100

.KBU

O-0

00m

ax. 1

5 W

with

out U

SB

5APC

3100

.KBU

1-00

0m

ax. 1

5 W

with

out U

SB

5APC

3100

.KBU

2-00

0m

ax. 1

7 W

with

out U

SB

5APC

3100

.KBU

3-00

0m

ax. 1

7 W

with

out U

SB

Maximum ambient temperature for typical operation 60 60 55 55What else can also be operated at the max.

ambient temperature, or is there a limitation?5CFAST.xxxx-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CFast cards5CFAST.xxxx-10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Graphics options5ACCLI02.SD40-000 55 55 ✓ ✓5AC901.I485-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ICAN-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ICAN-01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.IHDA-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.IRDY-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.IPLK-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ISIO-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓5AC901.ISRM-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Interface options

5AC901.IETH-00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Table 6: Ambient temperature during operation

2.3.1.4 How to determine the maximum, minimum and typical ambient temperatures

1. Select the system unit.2. Rows "Maximum, minimum ambient temperature for worst-case operation" and "Maximum ambient temper-

ature for typical operation" show the minimum, maximum and typical ambient temperatures for the completesystem in connection with the respective system unit.

Information:The maximum and typical temperature values correspond to operation at 500 meters above sealevel. The maximum/typical ambient temperature is typically derated by 1°C per 1000 meters (start-ing at 500 meters above sea level).

3. If additional DVI-D/SDL options, interface options and CFast cards are installed, these components canchange the temperature limits of the APC3100 system.

4. Limitations are possible due to the mounting orientation of the Automation PC 3100. For more information,see section "Mounting orientations".

5. "Information regarding typical conditions" on page 24 must be taken into account for typical ambient tem-peratures. Testing and evaluation in this regard must be performed on-site by the user in each individual case(temperatures can be read in BIOS or using the B&R Control Center).

If the installed component is marked by a "✓", it can be operated at the minimum/maximum/typical ambient tem-perature of the complete system without problems.If a temperature value is specified for the installed component, for example "45", then the ambient temperature ofthe complete APC3100 system is not permitted to exceed this temperature.

Page 25: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 25

2.3.1.5 Ambient temperature during storage and transport

The following table provides an overview of the minimum and maximum ambient temperatures for storing andtransporting the complete system. Limitations are possible through the use of individual components.Component Model number Storage TransportSystem unit 5APC3100.KBUx-000 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C

5CFAST.xxxx-00 -50 to 100°C -50 to 100°CCFast cards

5CFAST.xxxx-10 -40 to 85°C -40 to 85°C5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°CGraphics options5ACCLI02.SD40-000 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.I485-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.ICAN-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.ICAN-01 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.IHDA-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.IRDY-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.IPLK-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.ISIO-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C5AC901.ISRM-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C

Interface options

5AC901.IETH-00 -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C

Table 7: System units, CFast cards, interface options - Ambient temperature during storage and transport

2.3.1.6 Temperature monitoring

Sensors monitor temperature values at various locations in the APC3100. For the position of the temperaturesensors, see Fig. 4 "Automation PC 3100 - Position of temperature sensors" on page 26. The specified valuesin Tab. 8 "Temperature sensor positions" on page 26 represent the defined maximum temperature for thismeasurement point. An alarm is not triggered if the temperature is exceeded.The temperatures1) can be read in a variety of ways in approved operating systems:

• BIOS• B&R Control Center2)

• B&R ADI Development Kit2)

• B&R ADI .NET SDK2)

• B&R HMI Service Center2)

• B&R HMI Diagnose2)

• B&R PVI ADI line2)

• B&R ADI SNMP Agent2)

• Automation Runtime Library2)

For applications that do not run in approved operating systems, temperatures can be evaluated using the B&Rimplementation guide. In addition to the implementation guide, programs in MS-DOS are also available.In addition, the CFast cards for APC3100 systems available from B&R are equipped with S.M.A.R.T, or Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology. This makes it possible to read a wide range of parameters suchas temperature using software (e.g. HDD Thermometer, a freeware program) in approved Microsoft operatingsystems.

1) The measured temperature represents an approximate value for the immediate ambient temperature but can also be influenced by neighboring components.2) Drivers for approved operating systems can be downloaded at no cost from the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Page 26: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

26 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.3.1.7 Position of temperature sensors

C

E

B

D

A

Figure 4: Automation PC 3100 - Position of temperature sensors

ADI sensors Position Measurementpoint for

Measurement Max. specified

System unit sensor 1 A CFast 2 Temperature of the CFast 2 area 90°CSystem unit sensor 2 B CFast 1 Temperature of the CFast 1 area 90°CSystem unit sensor 3 C MTCX Temperature of the MTCX processor 90°CSystem unit sensor 4 D CPU Temperature of the processor 95°CIF option 3 slot E Graphics option Temperature of a graphics option (sensor integrated on the graphics option) Depends on the

graphics option

Table 8: Temperature sensor positions

Page 27: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 27

2.3.2 Relative humidity

Component Model number Operation Storage TransportSystem units 5APC3100.KBUx-000 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%

5CFAST.xxxx-00 Max. 85% at 85°C Max. 85% at 85°C Max. 85% at 85°CCFast cards

5CFAST.xxxx-10 Max. 85% at 85°C Max. 85% at 85°C Max. 85% at 85°C5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%Graphics options5ACCLI02.SD40-000 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.I485-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.ICAN-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.ICAN-01 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.IHDA-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.IRDY-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.IPLK-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.ISIO-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%5AC901.ISRM-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%

Interface options

5AC901.IETH-00 5 to 90% 5 to 95% 5 to 95%

Table 9: System units, graphics option, IF options, CFast cards - Relative humidity

2.3.3 Vibration

The following table provides an overview of the maximum vibration values of the complete system. Limitations arepossible through the use of individual components.Automation PC Operation1) Storage1)2) Transport1)2)

Continuous PeriodicWith CFast card 2 to 9 Hz:

1.75 mm amplitude9 to 200 Hz: 0.5 g

2 to 9 Hz:3.5 mm amplitude9 to 200 Hz: 1 g

2 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude8 to 200 Hz: 2 g

200 to 500 Hz: 4 g

2 to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude8 to 200 Hz: 2 g

200 to 500 Hz: 4 g

Table 10: Vibration

1) Testing is performed per EN 60068-2-6.2) The value applies to a device in its original packaging.

2.3.4 Shock

The following table provides an overview of the maximum shock values of the complete system. Limitations arepossible through the use of individual components.Automation PC Operation1) Storage1)2) Transport1)2)

With CFast card 15 g, 11 ms 30 g, 6 ms 30 g, 6 ms

Table 11: Shock

1) Testing is performed per EN 60068-2-27.2) The value applies to a device in its original packaging.

2.3.5 Protection

The Automation PC 3100 has IP20 protection per EN 60529 under the following conditions:

• The Automation PC 3100 is installed correctly (see "Installation" on page 101).• All covers or components are installed on the interfaces and slots.• All environmental conditions are being observed.

Page 28: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

28 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.4 Electrical characteristics

2.4.1 +24 VDC power supply

Danger!This device is only permitted to by supplied by a SELV/PELV power supply or with safety extra-lowvoltage (SELV) per EN 60950.

The 3-pin male connector required for connecting the power supply is not included in delivery. It can be orderedfrom B&R using model number 0TB103.9 (screw clamp terminal block) or 0TB103.91 (cage clamp terminal block).The pinout is shown in the following table. The supply voltage is protected internally by a soldered fuse (15 A, fast-acting) to prevent damage to the device in the event of overload (fuse replacement necessary) or if the voltagesupply is connected incorrectly (reverse polarity protection → fuse replacement not necessary). The device mustbe returned to B&R for repairs if the fuse is destroyed in the event of error.

+24 VDC power supplyProtected against reverse polarity

Pin Description1 +2 Functional ground3 -

Model number Short descriptionTerminal blocks

0TB103.9 Connector 24 V 5.08 3-pin screw clamp terminal block0TB103.91 Male connector 24 V 5.08 3-pin cage clamp terminal

block

Connector, 3-pin, male

1 2 3

+24 VDC power supply

Table 12: +24 VDC power supply connection

Electrical characteristicsNominal voltage 24 VDC ±25%, SELV1)

Nominal current 5.5 AOvervoltage category per EN 61131-2 IIInrush current Max. 60 A for <300 µsElectrical isolation YesUninterruptible power supply No

1) EN 60950 requirements must be observed.

Page 29: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 29

2.4.2 Power calculation

To calculate the total power of the Automation PC 3100, the power rating of the graphics option being used mustbe added to the power ratings of the system unit being used and any connected interface option or CFast card.System unit Model number Total power consumption of system unitAPC3100 C-3965U 2C 2.1 GHz 5APC3100.KBU0-000 Max. 19 W without USB consumers

Max. 39 W with USB consumersAPC3100 i3-7100U 2C 2.4 GHz 5APC3100.KBU1-000 Max. 20 W without USB consumers

Max. 40 W with USB consumersAPC3100 i5-7300U 2C 2.6 GHz 5APC3100.KBU2-000 Max. 23 W without USB consumers

Max. 43 W with USB consumersAPC3100 i7-7600U 2C 2.8 GHz 5APC3100.KBU3-000 Max. 23 W without USB consumers

Max. 43 W with USB consumers

Table 13: System unit - Power calculation

The following values are maximum values:Graphics option Model number +5 V 3V3 +12 V Total power

consumptionDisplayPort transmitter 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 2.7 W 0.3 W - 3 WSDL/DVI transmitter 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 0.25 W 0.75 W - 1 WSDL4 transmitter 5ACCLI02.SD40-000 2.5 W 2 W - 4.5 W

Table 14: Graphics options - Power calculation

The following values are maximum values:Interface option Model number +5 V 3V3 +12 V Total power

consumptionRS232/RS422/RS485 IF op-tion

5AC901.I485-00 1 W - - 1 W

CAN IF option 5AC901.ICAN-00 1 W - - 1 WCAN IF option 5AC901.ICAN-01 0.5 W - - 0.5 WAudio IF option 5AC901.IHDA-00 0.2 W 0.2 W - 0.4 WReady relay IF option 5AC901.IRDY-00 0.2 W - - 0.2 WPOWERLINK IF option 5AC901.IPLK-00 - 1.5 W - 1.5 WSystem I/O IF option 5AC901.ISIO-00 - 0.5 W - 0.5 WSRAM IF option 5AC901.ISRM-00 - 2 W - 2 WGigabit Ethernet IF option 5AC901.IETH-00 - 1 W - 1 W

Table 15: Interface options - Power calculation

The following values are maximum values:CFast cards Model number +5 V 3V3 +12 V Power consumption

TotalCFast cards with SLCtechnology

5CFAST.xxxx-00-

0.7 W read0.7 W write0.3 W idle

-0.7 W read0.7 W write0.3 W idle

5CFAST.032G-105CFAST.064G-10 -

1.1 W read1 W write

0.25 W idle-

1.1 W read1 W write

0.25 W idle5CFAST.128G-10

-1.1 W read1.4 W write0.25 W idle

-1.1 W read1.4 W write0.25 W idle

CFast cards with MLCtechnology

5CFAST.256G-10-

1.2 W read1.9 W write0.25 W idle

-1.2 W read1.9 W write0.25 W idle

Table 16: CFast cards - Power calculation

System unit 5APC3100.KBU1-000 40 W (with USB consumers) 40 WGraphics option 5ACCLI01.SD40-000 2.5 W + 2 W 4.5 WCFast card 5CFAST.128G-10 1.4 W

Total max.: 45.9 W

Page 30: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

30 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5 Device interfaces and slots

2.5.1 Device interfaces - Overview

Interfaces are located on the top of the Automation PC 3100.

(19)(18)

(17)

(16)

(15)(14)(13)(12)(11)(10)(9)(8)(7)(6)(5)(4)(3)(2)(1)

Figure 5: Device interfaces - Overview without installed interface options

(19)(18)

(17)

(16)

(15)(14)(13)(12)(11)(10)(9)(8)(7)(6)(5)(4)(3)(2)(1)

Figure 6: Device interfaces - Overview with installed interface options and SDL4 option

No. Type of interface No. Type of interface1 Functional ground connection Grounding 11 USB1 USB interfaces2 IF1 IF option IF option 1 slot 12 ETH1 Ethernet 1 interface (ETH1)3 Power 24 V DC +24 VDC power supply 13 USB4 USB interfaces4 IF option IF2 add-on IF option 2 slot 14 USB3 USB interfaces5 IF option IF2 IF option 2 slot 15 ETH2 Ethernet 2 interface (ETH2)6 SDL/DVI-D SDL/DVI-D interface 16 Power, Disk, Link, Run LED status indicators7 IF option IF3 IF option 3 slot 17 Battery Battery8 CFast2 CFast slot 2 18 Power button Power button9 CFast1 CFast slot 1 19 Reset button Reset button10 USB2 USB interfaces

Page 31: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 31

2.5.2 +24 VDC power supply

Danger!This device is only permitted to by supplied by a SELV/PELV power supply or with safety extra-lowvoltage (SELV) per EN 60950.

The 3-pin male connector required for connecting the power supply is not included in delivery. It can be orderedfrom B&R using model number 0TB103.9 (screw clamp terminal block) or 0TB103.91 (cage clamp terminal block).The pinout is shown in the following table. The supply voltage is protected internally by a soldered fuse (15 A, fast-acting) to prevent damage to the device in the event of overload (fuse replacement necessary) or if the voltagesupply is connected incorrectly (reverse polarity protection → fuse replacement not necessary). The device mustbe returned to B&R for repairs if the fuse is destroyed in the event of error.

+24 VDC power supplyProtected against reverse polarity

Pin Description1 +2 Functional ground3 -

Model number Short descriptionTerminal blocks

0TB103.9 Connector 24 V 5.08 3-pin screw clamp terminal block0TB103.91 Male connector 24 V 5.08 3-pin cage clamp terminal

block

Connector, 3-pin, male

1 2 3

+24 VDC power supply

Table 17: +24 VDC power supply connection

Electrical characteristicsNominal voltage 24 VDC ±25%, SELV1)

Nominal current 5.5 AOvervoltage category per EN 61131-2 IIInrush current Max. 60 A for <300 µsElectrical isolation YesUninterruptible power supply No

1) EN 60950 requirements must be observed.

2.5.2.1 Grounding

Caution!Functional ground (pin 2 of power supply and ground connection) must be as short as possible andconnected to the largest possible wire cross section at the central grounding point (e.g. of the controlcabinet or system).

Automation PC systems are equipped with a ground connection on the interface cover.

Grounding

The ground connection must be used, for example, to fasten a copper strip to a central grounding point in thecontrol cabinet or system where the device is installed. The largest possible wire cross section should be selected(at least 2.5 mm²).

Page 32: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

32 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.3 Ethernet 1 interface (ETH1)

This Ethernet controller is connected to external devices via the system unit.Ethernet 1 interface (ETH11))

Controller Intel I219Wiring S/STP (Cat 5e)Transfer rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s2)

Cable length Max. 100 m (min. Cat 5e)LED "Speed" On Off

Green 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s3)

Yellow 1000 Mbit/s -LED "Link" On Off

Yellow Link (indicates connectionto an Ethernet network)

Activity (blinks to indi-cate active data transfer)

RJ45, female

1

Table 18: Ethernet interface (ETH1)

1) The interfaces, etc. available on the device or module have been numbered as such for the purpose of clear differentiation. This numbering may deviatefrom the numbering used by the respective operating system, however.

2) Switching takes place automatically.3) The 10 Mbit/s transfer rate / connection only exists if LED "Link" is also lit at the same time.

A special driver is required to operate the Ethernet controller. Drivers for approved operating systems are availablefor download in the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Information:Only download necessary drivers from the B&R website, not from vendor websites.

2.5.4 Ethernet 2 interface (ETH2)

This Ethernet controller is connected to external devices via the system unit.Ethernet 2 interface (ETH21))

Controller Intel I210Wiring S/STP (Cat 5e)Transfer rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s2)

Cable length Max. 100 m (min. Cat 5e)LED "Speed" On Off

Green 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s3)

Yellow 1000 Mbit/s -LED "Link" On Off

Yellow Link (indicates connectionto an Ethernet network)

Activity (blinks to indi-cate active data transfer)

RJ45, female

1

Table 19: Ethernet interface (ETH2)

1) The interfaces, etc. available on the device or module have been numbered as such for the purpose of clear differentiation. This numbering may deviatefrom the numbering used by the respective operating system, however.

2) Switching takes place automatically.3) The 10 Mbit/s transfer rate / connection only exists if LED "Link" is also lit at the same time.

A special driver is required to operate the Ethernet controller. Drivers for approved operating systems are availablefor download in the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Information:Only download necessary drivers from the B&R website, not from vendor websites.

Page 33: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 33

2.5.5 USB interfaces

The APC3100 comes equipped with a USB 3.0 (Universal Serial Bus) host controller with multiple USB interfaces,4 of which are accessible externally for the user. The 4 USB interfaces (USB1-4) on the top are USB 3.0 ports.The fifth USB interface is internal and USB 2.0.

Warning!Peripheral USB devices can be connected to the USB interfaces. Due to the large number of USBdevices available on the market, B&R cannot guarantee their functionality. Functionality is ensuredwhen using the USB devices available from B&R.

Caution!Because this interface is designed according to general PC specifications, extreme care should betaken with regard to EMC, wiring, etc.

4 USB 3.0 interfaces are provided on the top of the APC3100.Universal Serial Bus (USB1, USB2, USB3, USB4)1)

Type USB 2.0 / 3.0Design Type ATransfer rate Low speed (1.5 Mbit/s), full speed (12 Mbit/s),

high speed (480 Mbit/s), SuperSpeed (5 Gbit/s)Current-carrying capacity2)

USB1, USB2USB3, USB4

Max. 1 AMax. 1 A

Cable lengthUSB 2.0USB 3.0

Max. 5 m (without hub)Max. 3 m (without hub)

4x USB type A, female

USB1

USB2

USB3

USB4

Table 20: USB1, USB2, USB3, USB4 interfaces

1) The interfaces, etc. available on the device or module have been numbered as such for the purpose of clear differentiation. This numbering may deviatefrom the numbering used by the respective operating system, however.

2) Each USB interface is protected by a maintenance-free "USB current-limiting switch" (max. 1 A).

A USB 2.0 interface is available internally on the APC3100.Universal Serial Bus (USB5)1)

Type USB 2.0Design Type ATransfer rate Low speed (1.5 Mbit/s), full speed (12 Mbit/s),

high speed (480 Mbit/s)Current-carrying capacity2)

USB5 Max. 0.5 ACable length Internal for Technology Guard

1x USB type A, female

USB5

Table 21: USB5 interface

1) The interfaces, etc. available on the device or module have been numbered as such for the purpose of clear differentiation. This numbering may deviatefrom the numbering used by the respective operating system, however.

2) The USB interface is protected by a maintenance-free "USB current-limiting switch" (max. 0.5 A).

Page 34: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

34 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.6 CFast slot 1

The Automation PC is equipped with easily accessible CFast slots so that a CFast card can also be used asremovable media for transferring data or performing upgrades.This CFast slot is connected to the chipset internally via SATA 0 with SATA III design (SATA 6.0 Gbit/s).

CFast slot 1Connection SATA 0Model number Short description

CFast cards5CFAST.2048-00 CFast card, 2 GB SLC5CFAST.4096-00 CFast card, 4 GB SLC5CFAST.8192-00 CFast card, 8 GB SLC5CFAST.016G-00 CFast card, 16 GB SLC5CFAST.032G-00 CFast card, 32 GB SLC5CFAST.032G-10 CFast card, 32 GB MLC5CFAST.064G-10 CFast card, 64 GB MLC5CFAST.128G-10 CFast card, 128 GB MLC5CFAST.256G-10 CFast card, 256 GB MLC

CFast slot 1

Table 22: CFast slot 1

Warning!The CFast card is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

2.5.7 CFast slot 2

The Automation PC is equipped with easily accessible CFast slots so that a CFast card can also be used asremovable media for transferring data or performing upgrades.This CFast slot is connected to the chipset internally via SATA 1 with SATA III design (SATA 6.0 Gbit/s).

CFast slot 2Connection SATA 1Model number Short description

CFast cards5CFAST.2048-00 CFast card, 2 GB SLC5CFAST.4096-00 CFast card, 4 GB SLC5CFAST.8192-00 CFast card, 8 GB SLC5CFAST.016G-00 CFast card, 16 GB SLC5CFAST.032G-00 CFast card, 32 GB SLC5CFAST.032G-10 CFast card, 32 GB MLC5CFAST.064G-10 CFast card, 64 GB MLC5CFAST.128G-10 CFast card, 128 GB MLC5CFAST.256G-10 CFast card, 256 GB MLC

CFast slot 2

Table 23: CFast slot 2

Warning!The CFast card is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

Page 35: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 35

2.5.8 Power button

The power button provides a wide range of ATX power supply functions.Power button

The power button behaves like the power switch on a current desktop PC with an ATXpower supply: Press and release ... Switches on the Automation PC or shuts downs the operatingsystem and switches off the Automation PC. Press and hold ... The ATX power supply switches off the Automation PC withoutshutting down the operating system (possible data loss!)

Pressing the power button does not reset the MTCX processor.

Reset

Power

Battery

Power button

Table 24: Power button

2.5.9 Reset button

Reset buttonPushing the reset button triggers a hardware and PCI reset. The Panel PC is restarted(cold restart).

Pressing the reset button does not reset the MTCX processor.

Reset

Power

Battery

Reset button

Table 25: Reset button

Warning!Resetting the system can result in data loss!

Page 36: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

36 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.10 LED status indicators

LED status indicators are located on the front of the APC3100.

Power

Disk

Link

Run

The following intervals are used for the LED status indicators:Block size: 250 msRepeat interval: 500 ms, 2 boxes thus represent one intervalLED Color Status Explanation LED status indicators

On Power supply OK

The device is started up; the battery state is "BAD".

Green

Blinking

Information:For more information, see "Battery" on page 37.

On The system is in standby mode (S5: soft-off mode or S4: hiber-nation/suspend-to-disk mode).

Red

Blinking The MTCX is running; the battery state is "BAD". The system is instandby mode (S5: soft-off mode or S4: hibernation/suspend-to-disk mode).Faulty or incomplete BIOS, MTCX or I/O FPGA update, batterystate OK, power supply OKFaulty or incomplete BIOS, MTCX or I/O FPGA update, bat-tery state OK, standby mode (S5: soft-off mode or S4: hiberna-tion/suspend-to-disk mode)Faulty or incomplete BIOS, MTCX or I/O FPGA update, batterystate BAD, power supply OKFaulty or incomplete BIOS, MTCX or I/O FPGA update, batterystate BAD, standby mode (S5: soft-off mode or S4: hiberna-tion/suspend-to-disk mode)

Red/Green Blinking

Information:An update must be performed again.

Power

Yellow On Power supply not OK; the system is operated from the UPS.Disk Yellow On Indicates drive access (HDD, SSD, CFast)

On Indicates an active SDL connection on the male panel connec-tor.

An active SDL connection was interrupted by a loss of powerto the display unit.

Link Yellow

Blinking

Information:The power supply / power connection of the con-nected display unit must be checked.

Green Blinking Automation Runtime is starting up.This is controlled by Automation Runtime (ARemb and ARwin).

Green On Application runningThis is controlled by Automation Runtime (ARemb and ARwin).

Red On Application in service modeThis is controlled by Automation Runtime (ARemb and ARwin).

Run

Orange Blinking A license violation exists.

Table 26: LED status indicators - Data

Page 37: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 37

2.5.11 Battery

The lithium battery (3 V, 950 mAh) ensures power to the internal real-time clock (RTC). It is located behind theorange cover above the power and reset buttons. The battery's self-discharge time is at least 4 years (at 50°C,8.5 μA for the components being supplied and self-discharge of 40%). If an SRAM interface option is installed,the service life is 2½ years. The battery is subject to wear and should be replaced regularly (after the specifiedservice life at the latest).

BatteryBattery

TypeRemovableService life

Renata 950 mAhYes, accessible from the outside

4 years1)

Model number Short descriptionBatteries

0AC201.91 Lithium batteries, 4 pcs., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell4A0006.00-000 Lithium battery, 1 pc., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell

Reset

Power

Battery

Battery

Table 27: Battery

1) At 50°C, 8.5 µA for the components being supplied and self-discharge of 40%. If an SRAM interface option is installed, the service life is 2½ years.

The battery state is determined immediately by the system after the device is switched on and then every 24 hours.During the measurement, the battery is subjected to a brief load (approximately 1 second) and then evaluated. Thedetermined battery state is displayed in the BIOS Setup screens (Advanced → OEM features → System boardfeatures → Voltage values) and in the B&R Control Center (ADI driver); it can also be read in a customer applicationusing the ADI library.Battery state ExplanationN/A The hardware or firmware being used is too old and does not support reading the battery state.GOOD Retention of data is ensured.BAD From the point when battery capacity is detected as BAD (insufficient), retention of data is ensured for approximately another

500 hours.

Table 28: Explanation of the battery state

From the point when battery capacity is detected as insufficient, retention of data is ensured for approximately an-other 500 hours. When replacing the battery, data is retained for approximately 10 minutes by a gold foil capacitor.

Page 38: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

38 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.12 SDL/DVI-D interface

SDL/DVI-D interface - SDL (Smart Display Link) / DVIThe following overview shows the possible video signals available on the SDL/DVI-D output.

Video signals with all system unit variantsSDL, DVI

Table 29: SDL/DVI-D interface - SDL, DVI

Information:The hardware and graphics drivers of approved operating systems support the hot plugging of displaydevices on the SDL/DVI-D interface for service purposes. The male panel/monitor connector is speci-fied for 100 connection cycles.

Information:If a display device with touch screen is connected to the SDL/DVI-D interface and then disconnectedagain during operation (hot plugging), it may be necessary to recalibrate the touch screen.

2.5.12.1 USB transfer in SDL and DVI mode

Information:The USB transfer rate is limited to USB 1.1 in SDL mode.In DVI mode, the maximum USB transfer rate depends on the USB interface and USB hub on the in-dustrial PC.

2.5.12.2 Pinout

Pin Assignment Description Pin Assignment Description1 TMDS data 2- DVI lane 2 (negative) 16 HPD Hot plug detect2 TMDS data 2+ DVI lane 2 (positive) 17 TMDS data 0- DVI lane 0 (negative)3 TMDS data 2/4

SHIELD Shield for data pair 2 and 4 18 TMDS data 0+ DVI lane 0 (positive)

4 SDL- SDL lane (negative) 19 TMDS data 0/XUSB1 SHIELD

Shield for data pair 0 andUSB1

5 SDL+ SDL lane (positive) 20 XUSB1- USB lane 1 (negative)6 DDC clock DDC-based control signal

(clock) 21 XUSB1+ USB lane 1 (positive)

7 DDC data DDC-based control signal(data) 22 TMDS clock

shield Shield for clock pair

8 n.c. Not connected 23 TMDS clock+ DVI clock (positive)9 TMDS data 1- DVI lane 1 (negative) 24 TMDS clock - DVI clock (negative)

10 TMDS DATA 1+ DVI lane 1 (negative) HDMIclock (positive) C1 n.c. Not connected

11 TMDS DATA 1/XUSB0 SHIELD

Shield for data pair 1 andUSB0 C2 n.c. Not connected

12 XUSB0- USB lane 0 (negative) C3 n.c. Not connected13 XUSB0+ USB lane 0 (positive) C4 n.c. Not connected14 +5 V power1) +5 V power supply C5 n.c. Not connected

15Ground (returnfor +5 V, HSyncand VSync)

Ground

DVI, 24-pin, female

6 7 851 2 3 414 15 16139 10 11 1222 23 242117 18 19 20

c1

c4

c2

c3c5

Table 30: DVI interface - Pinout

1) Protected internally by a multifuse.

Page 39: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 39

2.5.12.3 Cable lengths and resolutions for SDL transmission

The following table lists the relationship between segment lengths and maximum resolution depending on the SDLcable being used:

ResolutionSDL cable

Segment length [m]VGA

640 x 480SVGA

800 x 600XGA

1024 x 768HD

1366 x 768SXGA

1280 x 1024UXGA

1600 x 1200FHD

1920 x 10800.8 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00

1.85CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

55CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

105CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

155CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

---

--

5CASDL.0150-03

20 5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

--

-5CASDL.0200-03

25 5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

--

--

--

30 5CASDL.0300-005CASDL.0300-03

5CASDL.0300-005CASDL.0300-03

-5CASDL.0300-13

-5CASDL.0300-13

-5CASDL.0300-13

--

-5CASDL.0300-13

40 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 - 5CASDL.0400-13

Table 31: Cable lengths and resolutions for SDL transmission

2.5.12.4 Cable lengths and resolutions for DVI transfer

The following table shows the relationship between segment length and maximum resolution depending on theDVI cable:

ResolutionDVI cable

Segment length [m]VGA

640 x 480SVGA

800 x 600XGA

1024 x 768HD

1366 x 768SXGA

1280 x 1024UXGA

1600 x 1200FHD

1920 x 10801.8 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-005 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00

Table 32: Cable lengths and resolutions for DVI transfer

The maximum cable length for DVI transfer is limited to 5 m due to the USB specification.

2.5.13 IF option 1 slot

Automation PC 3100 system units are equipped with 3 slots for interface options.The following table lists the interface options that can be used in the IF option 1 slot.

IF option 1 slot

Model number Short descriptionInterface option

5AC901.I485-00 Interface card - 1x RS232/422/458 interface - ForAPC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ICAN-001) Interface card - 1x CAN interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ICAN-011) Interface card - 1x CAN interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IHDA-00 Interface card - 1x audio interface (1x MIC / 1x Line In /1x OUT) - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IRDY-00 Interface card - Ready relay - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IUPS-002) UPS - For 4.5 Ah battery5AC901.IUPS-013) UPS - For 2.2 Ah battery5AC901.ISIO-00 Interface card - System I/O - For APC910/PPC900/

APC3100/PPC3100

Interface option 1

Table 33: IF option 1 slot

1) It is not possible to operate 2 5AC901.ICAN interface options in the IF option 1 and IF option 2 slots at the same time.2) UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-00 is only permitted to be operated with battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-00!3) UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-01 is only permitted to be operated with battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-01!

Page 40: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Complete system

40 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.14 IF option 2 slot

Automation PC 3100 system units are equipped with 3 slots for interface options.The following table lists the interface options that can be used in the IF option 2 slot.

IF option 2 slot

Model number Short descriptionInterface option

5AC901.I485-00 Interface card - 1x RS232/422/458 interface - ForAPC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ICAN-001) Interface card - 1x CAN interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ICAN-011) Interface card - 1x CAN interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IETH-00 Interface card - 1x Ethernet 10/100/1000 - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IPLK-00 Interface card - 1x POWERLINK interface - 2 MB SRAM- For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ISRM-00 Interface card - 2 MB RAM - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IRDY-00 Interface card - Ready relay - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ISIO-00 Interface card - System I/O - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Interface option 2 add-on Interface option 2

Table 34: IF option 2 slot

1) It is not possible to operate 2 5AC901.ICAN interface options in the IF option 1 and IF option 2 slots at the same time.

2.5.15 IF option 3 slot

Automation PC 3100 system units are equipped with 3 slots for interface options.The following table lists the graphics options that can be used in the IF option 3 slot.

IF option 3 slot

Model number Short descriptionGraphics option

5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 Monitor/Panel option - 1x DisplayPort transmitter (V1.2) -For APC3100/PPC3100

5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 Monitor/Panel option - 1x SDL/DVI transmitter - ForAPC3100/PPC3100

5ACCLI02.SD40-000 Monitor/Panel option - 1x SDL4 transmitter (max. 1920 x1080) - For APC3100/PPC3100

Interface option 3

Table 35: IF option 3 slot

Page 41: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 41

3 Individual components

3.1 System units

3.1.1 5APC3100.KBUx-000

3.1.1.1 General information

APC3100 system units consist of a CPU board, housing and mounting plate. Several interfaces are included, and3 interface options can be additionally installed. The main memory can be replaced or expanded.

• Intel Core i-series processors• DDR4 memory• Intel HD graphics• 2 CFast slots• Slots for 3 interface options• Replaceable and expandable main memory

3.1.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureSystem units

5APC3100.KBU0-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Celeron 3965U 2.2 GHz - Dual core5APC3100.KBU1-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Core i3 7100U 2.4 GHz - Dual core5APC3100.KBU2-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Core i5 7300U 2.6 GHz - Dual core5APC3100.KBU3-000 APC3100 system unit - Intel Core i7 7600U 2.8 GHz - Dual core

Required accessoriesCFast cards

5CFAST.016G-00 CFast card, 16 GB SLC5CFAST.032G-00 CFast card, 32 GB SLC5CFAST.032G-10 CFast card, 32 GB MLC5CFAST.064G-10 CFast card, 64 GB MLC5CFAST.128G-10 CFast card, 128 GB MLC5CFAST.2048-00 CFast card, 2 GB SLC5CFAST.256G-10 CFast card, 256 GB MLC5CFAST.4096-00 CFast card, 4 GB SLC5CFAST.8192-00 CFast card, 8 GB SLC

Optional accessoriesGraphics options

5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 Graphics option - 1x DisplayPort transmitter (V1.2) - ForAPC3100/PPC3100

5ACCLI02.SD40-000 Graphics option - 1x SDL4 transmitter (max. 1920 x 1080) - ForAPC3100/PPC3100

5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 Graphics option - 1x SDL/DVI transmitter - For APC3100/PPC3100Interface options

5AC901.I485-00 Interface card - 1x RS232/422/485 interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ICAN-00 Interface card - 1x CAN interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ICAN-01 Interface card - 1x CAN interface (SJA1000) - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IETH-00 Interface card - 1x ETH 10/100/1000 - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IHDA-00 Interface card - 1x audio interface (1x MIC / 1x Line In / 1x OUT)- For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IPLK-00 Interface card - 1x POWERLINK interface - 2 MB SRAM - ForAPC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.IRDY-00 Interface card - Ready relay - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ISIO-00 Interface card - System I/O - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

5AC901.ISRM-00 Interface card - 2 MB RAM - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 36: 5APC3100.KBU0-000, 5APC3100.KBU1-000, 5APC3100.KBU2-000, 5APC3100.KBU3-000 - Order data

Page 42: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

42 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.1.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this individual component andmay deviate from those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which thisindividual component is used, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5APC3100.KBU0-000 5APC3100.KBU1-000 5APC3100.KBU2-000 5APC3100.KBU3-000General informationCooling Passive via heat sinkLED status indicators Power, Disk, Link, RunB&R ID code 0xEF96 0xEF97 0xEF98 0xEF99Battery

Type Renata 950 mAhService life 4 years 1)

Removable YesDesign Lithium ion

Power button YesReset button YesBuzzer NoCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T4ControllerBoot loader UEFI BIOSProcessor

Type Intel C-3965U Intel i3-7100U Intel i5-7300U Intel i7-7600UClock frequency 2200 MHz 2400 MHz 2600 MHz 2800 MHzNumber of cores 2Architecture 14 nmThermal design power (TDP) 15 WL2 cache 2 MB 3 MB 4 MBIntel 64 architecture YesIntel Turbo Boost Technology No YesIntel Hyper-Threading Technology No YesIntel vPro Technology No YesIntel Virtualization Technology (VT-x)

Yes

Intel Virtualization Technology forDirected I/O (VT-d)

Yes

Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Tech-nology

Yes

Chipset Intel Kabylake-UTrusted Platform Module TPM 2.0Real-time clock

Precision At 25°C: Typ. 12 ppm (1 second) per day 2)

Battery-backed YesPower failure logic

Controller MTCX 3)

Buffer time 10 msMemory

Removable YesMemory slot

Number of memory channels 2Type DDR4 SDRAMMemory size Max. 32 GBMax. memory bandwidth 34.1 GB/s

GraphicsController Intel HD Graphics 610 Intel HD Graphics 620Color depth Max. 32-bitDirectX support 12OpenGL support 4.4

Power management ACPI 5.0InterfacesCFast slot

Quantity 2Type SATA III (SATA 60 Gbit/s)

Table 37: 5APC3100.KBU0-000, 5APC3100.KBU1-000, 5APC3100.KBU2-000, 5APC3100.KBU3-000 - Technical data

Page 43: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 43

Model number 5APC3100.KBU0-000 5APC3100.KBU1-000 5APC3100.KBU2-000 5APC3100.KBU3-000USB

Quantity 5Type 4x USB 3.0

1x USB 2.0 (internal for Technology Guard)Design Type ATransfer rate Low speed (1.5 Mbit/s), full speed (12 Mbit/s), high speed (480 Mbit/s), SuperSpeed (5 Gbit/s) 4)

Current-carrying capacity Max. 1 A per connectionEthernet

Quantity 2Design Shielded RJ45Transfer rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/sMax. baud rate 1 Gbit/s

SDL/DVI-D interfaceDesign DVI-DType SDL/DVI

InsertsInterface option 5) 3Electrical characteristicsNominal voltage 24 VDC ±25%, SELV 6)

Nominal current 5.5 AInrush current Max. 60 A for <300 µsOvervoltage category per EN 61131-2 IIElectrical isolation YesOperating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Protection per EN 60529 IP20 7)

Environmental conditionsElevation

Operation Max. 3000 m (component-dependent) 8)

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions 9)

Width 54 mmHeight 173.5 mmDepth 248.3 mm

Weight 1380 g

Table 37: 5APC3100.KBU0-000, 5APC3100.KBU1-000, 5APC3100.KBU2-000, 5APC3100.KBU3-000 - Technical data

1) At 50°C, 8.5 µA for the components being supplied and self-discharge of 40%. If an interface option with SRAM or POWERLINK is installed, the servicelife is 2 1/2 years.

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: Typ. 58 ppm (5 seconds), worst-case 220 ppm (19 seconds).3) Maintenance Controller Extended4) The SuperSpeed transfer rate (5 Gbit/s) is only possible with USB 3.0.5) The interface option can be replaced.6) EN 60950 requirements must be observed; see section "+24 VDC power supply" of the user's manual.7) Only when all interface covers are installed.8) The maximum ambient temperature is typically derated by 1°C per 1000 meters starting at 500 meters above sea level.9) All dimensions without mounting plate.

Page 44: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

44 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.2 Main memory

3.2.1 5MMDDR.xxxx-04

3.2.1.1 General information

These 260-pin DDR4 main memory modules operate with a data rate of 2133 MHz and are available in sizesranging from 4 GB to 16 GB.If two main memory modules of identical size (e.g. 4 GB) are connected to the CPU board, then dual-channelmemory technology is supported. This technology is not supported if two main memory modules of different sizes(e.g. 4 GB and 8 GB) are connected.

3.2.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureMain memory

5MMDDR.4096-04 SO-DIMM DDR4, 4096 MB5MMDDR.8192-04 SO-DIMM DDR4, 8192 MB5MMDDR.016G-04 SO-DIMM DDR4, 16384 MB

Table 38: 5MMDDR.4096-04, 5MMDDR.8192-04, 5MMDDR.016G-04 - Order data

3.2.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this individual component andmay deviate from those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which thisindividual component is used, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5MMDDR.4096-04 5MMDDR.8192-04 5MMDDR.016G-04General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentControllerMemory

Type SO-DIMM DDR4 SDRAMMemory size 4 GB 8 GB 16 GBConstruction 260-pinOrganization 512M x 64-bit 1024M x 64-bit 2048M x 64-bitSpeed DDR4-2133 (PC3-17066)

Table 39: 5MMDDR.4096-04, 5MMDDR.8192-04, 5MMDDR.016G-04 - Technical data

Page 45: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 45

3.3 CFast cards

3.3.1 General information

CFast cards are easily exchangeable data storage devices. Due to their robustness against environmental influ-ences (temperature, shock, vibration, etc.), CFast cards are ideal for use as storage media in industrial environ-ments.CFast cards are a variant of CompactFlash that use the SATA protocol instead. CFast cards are not compatiblewith CompactFlash cards.

3.3.2 Basic information

CFast cards used in industrial automation must be extremely reliable. To achieve this, the following points are veryimportant:

• The flash technology used• An efficient algorithm for maximizing service life• Good mechanisms for detecting and correcting errors in the flash memory

3.3.2.1 Flash technology

CFast cards are currently available with MLC (multi-level cell) and SLC (single-level cell) flash blocks.In addition to a service life that is 10 times longer than MLC flash blocks, SLC flash blocks also have write/erasecycles that are 33 times faster, making CFast cards with SLC flash blocks the preferred choice for industrial envi-ronments. These factors are heavily dependent on the actual application, however, so no blanket statement canbe made.Due to increasing cost pressure as well as improved wear level algorithms and monitoring features (S.M.A.R.T.),MLC flash technology is still also widely used in this market.

3.3.2.2 Wear leveling

Wear leveling refers to an algorithm that can be used to maximize the service life of a CFast card. Different algo-rithms are possible:

• Dynamic wear leveling• Static wear leveling

The basic idea behind wear leveling is that data is distributed over a broad range of blocks or cells on the datastorage device so that the same areas are not erased and rewritten over and over again.

3.3.2.2.1 Dynamic wear leveling

Dynamic wear leveling makes it possible to utilize unused flash blocks when writing to a file.If 80% of the data storage device is already taken up by files, then only 20% can be used for wear leveling.The service life of the CFast card therefore depends on the unused flash blocks.

3.3.2.2.2 Static wear leveling

Static wear leveling additionally monitors which data is only seldom modified. From time to time, the controllermoves this data to blocks that have already been written to frequently in order to prevent further wear on those cells.

3.3.2.3 ECC error correction

Bit errors can result from the inactivity or operation of a certain cell. Error-correcting code (ECC) added by thehardware or software can detect and correct many errors of this type.

3.3.2.4 S.M.A.R.T. support

Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) is an industry standard for mass storage devicesthat was introduced to monitor important parameters and detect imminent failures. Critical performance and cali-bration data is monitored and stored in an effort to predict the probability of error states.

Page 46: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

46 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.3.2.5 Calculating the expected service life for an existing application

The following procedure can be used to better verify whether a CFast card with SLC or MLC technology shouldbe used in a particular application.

• Read the "Average erase count" of the data storage device via S.M.A.R.T.• Fully operate the system with the respective data storage device over a defined period of time (e.g. 1 week).• Determine the number of completed erase cycles with "Average erase count".• Calculate the expected service life using the maximum guaranteed write/erase cycles (MLC: 3000, SLC:

100,000).

Example for an MLC CFast card over the period of a week:

3.3.2.6 Dimensions

1+0.2-0.1

12 ±

0.1

36.4

±0.

15

42.8 ±0.1

41.6 ±0.13

1 ±0.1

13.8

±0.

13

±0.0

7

2.3 ±0.1

1.15 ±0.1

0.6 ±0.070.

7 ±0

.07

4.5

±0.1

25.6

3 ±0

.1

1 ±0.07

1 ±0

.05

33.96 ±0.15

6.35

1 ±0.1

Top

Bottom

1 ±0.07

Figure 7: CFast card - Dimensions

Page 47: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 47

3.3.3 5CFAST.xxxx-00

3.3.3.1 General information

These CFast cards are based on single-level cell (SLC) technology and compatible with SATA 2.6. Their dimen-sions are identical to CompactFlash cards.

3.3.3.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureCFast cards

5CFAST.2048-00 CFast card, 2 GB SLC5CFAST.4096-00 CFast card, 4 GB SLC5CFAST.8192-00 CFast card, 8 GB SLC5CFAST.016G-00 CFast card, 16 GB SLC5CFAST.032G-00 CFast card, 32 GB SLC

Table 40: 5CFAST.2048-00, 5CFAST.4096-00, 5CFAST.8192-00, 5CFAST.016G-00, 5CFAST.032G-00 - Order data

3.3.3.3 Technical data

Information:Due to the changeover to the new controller, revision E0 may not be image-compatible to previousrevisions when using older cloning tools. This is generally not the case when using current cloningtools.

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CFAST.2048-00 5CFAST.4096-00 5CFAST.8192-00 5CFAST.016G-00 5CFAST.032G-00General informationCapacity 2 GB 4 GB 8 GB 16 GB 32 GBData retention 1) 10 yearsData reliability <1 unrecoverable error per 1014 bits readLifetime monitoring YesMTBF >2,500,000 hours (at 25°C)Maintenance NoneSupported operating modes SATA 2.6, max. PIO mode 4, Multiword DMA mode 2, Ultra DMA mode 6Sequential read

TypicalWith 128 kB block size 94 MB/s 108 MB/s 108 MB/s 108 MB/s 116 MB/sWith 4 kB block size 42 MB/s 46 MB/s 46 MB/s 46 MB/s 46 MB/s

MaximumWith 128 kB block size 100 MB/s 115 MB/s 115 MB/s 115 MB/s 120 MB/sWith 4 kB block size 50 MB/s

Sequential writeTypical

With 128 kB block size 57 MB/s 86 MB/s 86 MB/s 86 MB/s 111 MB/sWith 4 kB block size 36 MB/s 40 MB/s 40 MB/s 40 MB/s 40 MB/s

MaximumWith 128 kB block size 65 MB/s 95 MB/s 95 MB/s 95 MB/s 120 MB/sWith 4 kB block size 40 MB/s 45 MB/s 45 MB/s 45 MB/s 45 MB/s

Table 41: 5CFAST.2048-00, 5CFAST.4096-00, 5CFAST.8192-00, 5CFAST.016G-00, 5CFAST.032G-00 - Technical data

Page 48: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

48 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5CFAST.2048-00 5CFAST.4096-00 5CFAST.8192-00 5CFAST.016G-00 5CFAST.032G-00Certification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T42)

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)3)

GOST-R YesEndurance 1)

SLC flash YesGuaranteed data volume

Guaranteed 4) 185 TBW 371 TBW 745 TBW 1468 TBW 2937 TBWClear/Write cycles

Guaranteed 100,000Wear leveling StaticS.M.A.R.T. support YesSupportHardware APC3100, APC2100, APC910, PPC3100, PPC2100, PPC900Operating systems

Windows 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB64-bit

No No No No Yes

Windows Embedded 8.1 IndustryPro 32-bit

No No No Yes Yes

Windows Embedded 8.1 IndustryPro 64-bit

No No No No Yes

Windows 7 32-bit No No No Yes YesWindows 7 64-bit No No No No YesWindows Embedded Standard 7,32-bit

No No No Yes Yes

Windows Embedded Standard 7,64-bit

No No No Yes Yes

Windows XP Professional No Yes Yes Yes YesWindows Embedded Standard 2009 YesDebian 8 No Yes Yes Yes Yes

SoftwarePVI Transfer ≥V4.0.0.8 (part of PVI Development Setup ≥V3.0.2.3014)B&R Embedded OS Installer ≥V3.10 ≥V3.10 ≥V3.10 ≥V3.20 ≥V3.21

Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation -40 to 85°CStorage -50 to 100°CTransport -50 to 100°C

Relative humidityOperation Max. 85% at 85°C, non-condensingStorage Max. 85% at 85°C, non-condensingTransport Max. 85% at 85°C, non-condensing

VibrationOperation 10 to 2000 Hz: 20 g peakStorage 10 to 2000 Hz: 20 g peakTransport 10 to 2000 Hz: 20 g peak

ShockOperation 1500 g peak, 0.5 msStorage 1500 g peak, 0.5 msTransport 1500 g peak, 0.5 ms

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Width 42.8 ±0.10 mmLength 36.4 ±0.10 mmDepth 3.6 ±0.10 mm

Weight 10 g

Table 41: 5CFAST.2048-00, 5CFAST.4096-00, 5CFAST.8192-00, 5CFAST.016G-00, 5CFAST.032G-00 - Technical data

1) Per JEDEC (JESD47), EOL conditions are not permitted to be reached before 18 months. A higher average of the daily write workload reduces the expectedservice life and data retention of the data storage device.

2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.3) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.4) TBW = Terabytes written

Sequential access without a file system

Page 49: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 49

3.3.3.4 Temperature/Humidity diagram

Temperature [°C]

Rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

RH

] (no

n-co

nden

sing

)

Stor

age/

Tran

spor

t

Operation

Figure 8: 5CFAST.xxxx-00 - Temperature/Humidity diagram

3.3.3.5 Dimensions

1+0.2-0.1

12 ±

0.1

36.4

±0.

15

42.8 ±0.1

41.6 ±0.13

1 ±0.1

13.8

±0.

13

±0.0

7

2.3 ±0.1

1.15 ±0.1

0.6 ±0.07

0.7

±0.0

7

4.5

±0.1

25.6

3 ±0

.1

1 ±0.07

1 ±0

.05

33.96 ±0.15

6.35

1 ±0.1

Top

Bottom

1 ±0.07

Figure 9: CFast card - Dimensions

Page 50: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

50 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.3.4 5CFAST.xxxx-10

3.3.4.1 General information

These CFast cards are based on multi-level cell (MLC) technology and compatible with SATA 3. Their dimensionsare identical to CompactFlash cards.

3.3.4.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureCFast cards

5CFAST.032G-10 CFast card, 32 GB MLC5CFAST.064G-10 CFast card, 64 GB MLC5CFAST.128G-10 CFast card, 128 GB MLC5CFAST.256G-10 CFast card, 256 GB MLC

Table 42: 5CFAST.032G-10, 5CFAST.064G-10, 5CFAST.128G-10, 5CFAST.256G-10 - Order data

3.3.4.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CFAST.032G-10 5CFAST.064G-10 5CFAST.128G-10 5CFAST.256G-10General informationCapacity 32 GB 64 GB 128 GB 256 GBData retention 1) 10 years 2)

Data reliability <1 unrecoverable error per 1016 bits readLifetime monitoring YesMTBF >2,000,000 hours (at 25°C)Maintenance NoneSupported operating modes SATA 3, SATA 2, SATA 1Sequential read

Maximum 495 MB/s 500 MB/sSequential write

Maximum 115 MB/s 100 MB/s 195 MB/s 330 MB/sCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T43)

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)4)

Endurance 1)

MLC flash YesGuaranteed data volume

Guaranteed 5) 86.4 TBW 172.8 TBW 345.6 TBW 691.2 TBWClient workload 6) 39.06 TBW 71.02 TBW 104.17 TBW 159.57 TBW

Clear/Write cyclesGuaranteed 3000

Wear leveling StaticError correction coding (ECC) YesS.M.A.R.T. support Yes

Table 43: 5CFAST.032G-10, 5CFAST.064G-10, 5CFAST.128G-10, 5CFAST.256G-10 - Technical data

Page 51: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 51

Model number 5CFAST.032G-10 5CFAST.064G-10 5CFAST.128G-10 5CFAST.256G-10SupportHardware APC3100, APC2100, APC910, PPC3100, PPC2100, PPC900Operating systems

Windows 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB64-bit

Yes

Windows Embedded 8.1 IndustryPro 32-bit

Yes

Windows Embedded 8.1 IndustryPro 64-bit

Yes

Windows 7 32-bit YesWindows 7 64-bit YesWindows Embedded Standard 7,32-bit

Yes

Windows Embedded Standard 7,64-bit

Yes

Windows XP Professional YesWindows Embedded Standard 2009 YesDebian 8 Yes

SoftwarePVI Transfer ≥V4.0.20 or V4.1.5 ≥V4.0.22 or V4.1.6B&R Embedded OS Installer ≥V3.21

Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation -40 to 85°CStorage -40 to 85°CTransport -40 to 85°C

Relative humidityOperation Max. 85% at 85°C, non-condensingStorage Max. 85% at 85°C, non-condensingTransport Max. 85% at 85°C, non-condensing

VibrationOperation 10 to 2000 Hz: 20 g peakStorage 10 to 2000 Hz: 20 g peakTransport 10 to 2000 Hz: 20 g peak

ShockOperation 1500 g peak, 0.5 msStorage 1500 g peak, 0.5 msTransport 1500 g peak, 0.5 ms

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Width 42.8 ±0.10 mmLength 36.4 ±0.10 mmDepth 3.6 ±0.10 mm

Weight 10 g

Table 43: 5CFAST.032G-10, 5CFAST.064G-10, 5CFAST.128G-10, 5CFAST.256G-10 - Technical data

1) Per JEDEC (JESD47), EOL conditions are not permitted to be reached before 18 months. A higher average daily write workload reduces the expected servicelife and data retention of the data storage device.

2) At an ambient temperature of 25°C at the start of service life.3) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.4) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.5) TBW = Terabytes written

Sequential access without a file system6) TBW = Terabytes written

Client workload per standard JEDEC JESD219

Page 52: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

52 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.3.4.4 Temperature/Humidity diagram

Temperature [°C]

Rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

RH

] (no

n-co

nden

sing

)

OperationStorage/Transport

Figure 10: 5CFAST.032G-10, 5CFAST.064G-10, 5CFAST.128G-10, 5CFAST.256G-10 - Temperature/Humidity diagram

Page 53: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 53

3.4 Graphics options

Information:Graphics options can only be operated in the IF option 3 slot.

3.4.1 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000

3.4.1.1 General information

Graphics option 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 is equipped with a DisplayPort and USB 2.0 interface.

• DisplayPort interface• USB 2.0 interface• Compatible with the APC3100/PPC3100

3.4.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureGraphics options

5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 Graphics option - 1x DisplayPort transmitter (V1.2) - ForAPC3100/PPC3100

Table 44: 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 - Order data

3.4.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000General informationB&R ID code 0xEEE6Certifications

UL cULus E115267Industrial control equipment

InterfacesUSB

Quantity 1Type USB 2.0Design Type ATransfer rate Low speed (1.5 Mbit/s), full speed (12 Mbit/s), high speed (480 Mbit/s)Current-carrying capacity Max. 0.5 A

DisplayPortQuantity 1Version 1.2

Electrical characteristicsPower consumption 3 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 60°C 1)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 45: 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 - Technical data

Page 54: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

54 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 27 g

Table 45: 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 - Technical data

1) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.4.1.3.1 DisplayPort interface

DisplayPortThe following overview shows the possible video signals available on the DisplayPortoutput.Graphics options Video signals with all system unit variants5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 DisplayPort, DVI, HDMI

Table 46: DisplayPort interface

Information:Hot plugging display devices on the DisplayPort interface for service purposes is supported by thehardware and graphics drivers of approved operating systems. The female DisplayPort connector isspecified for 10,000 connection cycles.

3.4.1.3.2 DisplayPort - Pinout

Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description

1 DP_LANE0+ DisplayPort lane 0(positive) 11 GND Ground

2 GND Ground 12 DP_LANE3- DisplayPort lane 3(negative)

3 DP_LANE0- DisplayPort lane 0(negative) 13 CONFIG1 Configuration pin 1

(connected to ground)

4 DP_LANE1+ DisplayPort lane 1(positive) 14 CONFIG2 Configuration pin 2

(connected to ground)

5 GND Ground 15 DP_AUX+ Auxiliary channel(positive)

6 DP_LANE1- DisplayPort lane 1(negative) 16 GND Ground

7 DP_LANE2+ DisplayPort lane 2(positive) 17 DP_AUX- Auxiliary channel

(negative)8 GND Ground 18 DP_HPD# Hot plug detect

9 DP_LANE2- DisplayPort lane 2(negative) 19 RETURN Return for power

10 DP_LANE3+ DisplayPort lane 3(positive) 20 DP_PWR Power for connector

DisplayPort, 20-pin, female

Table 47: DisplayPort - Pinout

Page 55: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 55

3.4.2 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000

3.4.2.1 General information

Graphics option 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 is equipped with an SDL/DVI-D interface for connecting additional panelsvia SDL or DVI.

• SDL/DVI interface• Compatible with the APC3100/PPC3100

3.4.2.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureGraphics options

5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 Graphics option - 1x SDL/DVI transmitter - For APC3100/PPC3100

Table 48: 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 - Order data

3.4.2.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000General informationB&R ID code 0xEEE7Certifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentInterfacesSDL/DVI-D interface

Design DVI-DType SDL/DVI

Electrical characteristicsPower consumption 1 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 60°C 1)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Relative humidityOperation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 27 g

Table 49: 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 - Technical data

1) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.4.2.3.1 SDL/DVI interface

SDL/DVI-D interface - SDL (Smart Display Link) / DVIThe following overview lists the video signals available on the SDL/DVI-D output.Graphics options Video signals5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 SDL, DVI

Table 50: SDL/DVI interface - SDL, DVI

Page 56: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

56 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Information:Hot plugging display devices on the SDL/DVI-D interface for service purposes is supported by thehardware and graphics drivers of approved operating systems. The male SDL/DVI-D connector is spec-ified for 100 connection cycles.

Information:If a display device with touch screen is connected to the SDL/DVI-D interface and then disconnectedagain during operation (hot plugging), it may be necessary to recalibrate the touch screen.

3.4.2.3.2 USB transfer in SDL and DVI mode

Information:The USB transfer rate is limited to USB 1.1 in SDL mode.In DVI mode, the maximum USB transfer rate depends on the USB interface and USB hub on the displaydevice.

3.4.2.3.3 Pinout

Pin Assignment Description Pin Assignment Description1 TMDS data 2- DVI lane 2 (negative) 16 HPD Hot plug detect2 TMDS data 2+ DVI lane 2 (positive) 17 TMDS data 0- DVI lane 0 (negative)3 TMDS data 2/4

SHIELD Shield for data pair 2 and 4 18 TMDS data 0+ DVI lane 0 (positive)

4 SDL- SDL lane (negative) 19 TMDS data 0/XUSB1 SHIELD

Shield for data pair 0 andUSB1

5 SDL+ SDL lane (positive) 20 XUSB1- USB lane 1 (negative)6 DDC clock DDC-based control signal

(clock) 21 XUSB1+ USB lane 1 (positive)

7 DDC data DDC-based control signal(data) 22 TMDS clock

shield Shield for clock pair

8 n.c. Not connected 23 TMDS clock+ DVI clock (positive)9 TMDS data 1- DVI lane 1 (negative) 24 TMDS clock - DVI clock (negative)

10 TMDS DATA 1+ DVI lane 1 (negative) HDMIclock (positive) C1 n.c. Not connected

11 TMDS DATA 1/XUSB0 SHIELD

Shield for data pair 1 andUSB0 C2 n.c. Not connected

12 XUSB0- USB lane 0 (negative) C3 n.c. Not connected13 XUSB0+ USB lane 0 (positive) C4 n.c. Not connected14 +5 V power1) +5 V power supply C5 n.c. Not connected

15Ground (returnfor +5 V, HSyncand VSync)

Ground

DVI, 24-pin, female

6 7 851 2 3 414 15 16139 10 11 1222 23 242117 18 19 20

c1

c4

c2

c3c5

Table 51: DVI interface - Pinout

1) Protected internally by a multifuse.

Page 57: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 57

3.4.2.3.4 Cable lengths and resolutions for SDL transmission

The following table lists the relationship between segment lengths and maximum resolution depending on the SDLcable being used:

ResolutionSDL cable

Segment length [m]VGA

640 x 480SVGA

800 x 600XGA

1024 x 768HD

1366 x 768SXGA

1280 x 1024UXGA

1600 x 1200FHD

1920 x 10800.8 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00 5CASDL.0008-00

1.85CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0018-005CASDL.0018-015CASDL.0018-03

55CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0050-005CASDL.0050-015CASDL.0050-03

105CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0100-005CASDL.0100-015CASDL.0100-03

155CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0150-005CASDL.0150-015CASDL.0150-03

---

--

5CASDL.0150-03

20 5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0200-005CASDL.0200-03

--

-5CASDL.0200-03

25 5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0250-005CASDL.0250-03

--

--

--

30 5CASDL.0300-005CASDL.0300-03

5CASDL.0300-005CASDL.0300-03

-5CASDL.0300-13

-5CASDL.0300-13

-5CASDL.0300-13

--

-5CASDL.0300-13

40 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0400-13 - 5CASDL.0400-13

Table 52: Cable lengths and resolutions for SDL transmission

3.4.2.3.5 Cable lengths and resolutions for DVI transfer

The following table shows the relationship between segment length and maximum resolution depending on theDVI cable:

ResolutionDVI cable

Segment length [m]VGA

640 x 480SVGA

800 x 600XGA

1024 x 768HD

1366 x 768SXGA

1280 x 1024UXGA

1600 x 1200FHD

1920 x 10801.8 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0018-005 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0050-00

Table 53: Cable lengths and resolutions for DVI transfer

The maximum cable length for DVI transfer is limited to 5 m due to the USB specification.

Page 58: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

58 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.4.3 5ACCLI02.SD40-000

3.4.3.1 General information

Graphics option 5ACCLI02.SD40-000 is equipped with an SDL4 interface.

• SDL4 interface• Compatible with the APC3100/PPC3100

3.4.3.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureGraphics options

5ACCLI02.SD40-000 Graphics option - 1x SDL4 transmitter (max. 1920 x 1080) - ForAPC3100/PPC3100

Table 54: 5ACCLI02.SD40-000 - Order data

3.4.3.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5ACCLI02.SD40-000General informationLED status indicators Status, LinkB&R ID code 0xECCCCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentInterfacesSDL4 Out

Design Shielded RJ45Type SDL4

Electrical characteristicsPower consumption 4.5 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 1)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Relative humidityOperation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 38 g

Table 55: 5ACCLI02.SD40-000 - Technical data

1) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.4.3.3.1 SDL4 interface

The SDL4 interface is a female RJ45 connector and operated with SDL4 transmission technology.

Page 59: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 59

SDL4 interfaceThe following overview shows the possible video signals available on the SDL4 output.Graphics option Video signals5ACCLI02.SD40-000 SDL4

RJ45 connector, female

Table 56: SDL4 interface

Information:Hot plugging display devices on the SDL4 interface for service purposes is supported by the hardwareand graphics drivers of approved operating systems. The female RJ45 connector is specified for 500connection cycles.

Information:If a display device with touch screen is connected to the SDL4 interface and then disconnected againduring operation (hot plugging), it may be necessary to recalibrate the touch screen.

3.4.3.3.2 Cable lengths and resolutions for SDL4 transfer

The maximum cable length for SDL4 is 100 m with a B&R "SDL3/SDL4 cables" (regardless of the panel resolution).

3.4.3.3.3 SDL4 LEDs

The LEDs are located under the SDL4 interface.SDL4 LEDs

LED Color Status ExplanationOn Indicates an active SDL4 connection.Link YellowOff No active SDL4 connection.On The SDL4 connection is established and OK.Status YellowBlinking No active SDL4 connection.

LED "Status"LED "Link"

Table 57: SDL4 LEDs

Page 60: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

60 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5 Interface options

3.5.1 5AC901.I485-00

3.5.1.1 General information

Interface option 5AC901.I485-00 is equipped with an RS232/422/485 interface. The operating mode (RS232/RS422/RS485) is selected automatically depending on the electrical connection.

• 1x RS232/422/485 interface• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

3.5.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.I485-00 Interface card - 1x RS232/422/485 interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 58: 5AC901.I485-00 - Order data

3.5.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.I485-00General informationB&R ID code 0xD84ACertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)2)

GOST-R YesInterfacesCOM

Type RS232/RS422/RS485, electrically isolatedDesign DSUB, 9-pin, maleUART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFOMax. baud rate 115 kbit/s

Terminating resistor YesElectrical characteristicsPower consumption 1 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 3)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 59: 5AC901.I485-00 - Technical data

Page 61: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 61

Model number 5AC901.I485-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 34 g

Table 59: 5AC901.I485-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.3) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.5.1.3.1 Pinout

COM serial interfaceRS232 RS422/485

Type RS232, modem not supported, electrically isolatedUART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFOTransfer rate Max. 115 kbit/sBus length Max. 15 m Max. 1200 m

Pin RS232 - Pinout RS422 - Pinout1 n.c. TXD\2 RXD n.c.3 TXD n.c.4 n.c. TXD5 GND GND6 n.c. RXD\7 RTS n.c.8 CTS n.c.9 n.c. RXD

DSUB, 9-pin, male

5

1

9

6

Table 60: COM - Pinout

3.5.1.3.2 I/O address and IRQ

Slot I/O address 1) IRQ 1)

IF option 1 (COM C) 2E8h - 2EFh 5IF option 2 (COM D) 338h - 33Fh 7

Table 61: I/O address and IRQ

1) The default I/O address and IRQ can be modified in BIOS.

3.5.1.3.3 RS232 - Bus length and cable type

The maximum transfer rate of 115 kbit/s depends on the cable type being used.Extension Transfer rate≤15 m Typ. 64 kbit/s≤10 m Typ. 115 kbit/s≤5 m Typ. 115 kbit/s

Table 62: RS232 - Bus length and transfer rate

The material used for the cable should have all of the following properties or deviate from them as little as possibleto achieve an optimal transfer rate.RS232 cables PropertySignal lines

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistanceStrandingShield

4x 0.16 mm² (26 AWG), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤82 Ω/kmWires stranded in pairs

Paired shield with aluminum foilGround line

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistance

1x 0.34 mm² (22 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤59 Ω/kmOuter jacket

MaterialPropertiesComplete shielding

PUR compoundHalogen-free

Composed of tinned copper wires

Table 63: RS232 - Cable requirements

Page 62: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

62 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.1.3.4 RS422 - Bus length and cable type

The RTS line must be switched on to switch the transmitter to active.The maximum transfer rate of 115 kbit/s depends on the cable length as well as the type of cable being used.Extension Transfer rate1200 m Typ. 115 kbit/s

Table 64: RS422 - Bus length and transfer rate

The material used for the cable should have all of the following properties or deviate from them as little as possibleto achieve an optimal transfer rate.RS422 cable PropertySignal lines

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistanceStrandingShield

4x 0.25 mm² (24 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤82 Ω/kmWires stranded in pairs

Paired shield with aluminum foilGround line

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistance

1x 0.34 mm² (22 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤59 Ω/kmOuter jacket

MaterialPropertiesComplete shielding

PUR compoundHalogen-free

Composed of tinned copper wires

Table 65: RS422 - Cable requirements

3.5.1.3.5 Operation as an RS485 interface

The pins of the RS422 default interface (1, 4, 6 and 9) must be used for operation. Pins must be connected asshown.

RXD

RXD

TXD

TXD

9

6

4

1

DATA

DATA

Figure 11: RS232/422/485 interface - Operation in RS485 mode

The RTS line must be switched by the driver for each transmission or reception; there is no automatic switch-backmechanism. This cannot be configured in Windows.The voltage drop resulting from long cable lengths can result in greater potential differences between the busstations, which can hinder communication. This can be improved by running the ground wire with the others.

3.5.1.3.6 RS485 - Bus length and cable type

The maximum transfer rate of 115 kbit/s depends on the cable length as well as the type of cable being used.Extension Transfer rate1200 m Typ. 115 kbit/s

Table 66: RS485 - Bus length and transfer rate

The material used for the cable should have all of the following properties or deviate from them as little as possibleto achieve an optimal transfer rate.

Page 63: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 63

RS485 cables PropertySignal lines

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistanceStrandingShield

4x 0.25 mm² (24 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤82 Ω/kmWires stranded in pairs

Paired shield with aluminum foilGround line

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor cross section

1x 0.34 mm² (22 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤59 Ω/kmOuter jacket

MaterialPropertiesComplete shielding

PUR compoundHalogen-free

Composed of tinned copper wires

Table 67: RS485 - Cable requirements

3.5.1.3.7 Terminating resistor

A terminating resistor for the serial interface is already integrated in the IF option. The terminating resistor isswitched on or off using a switch, but the system unit must be opened to reach it. A switched-on terminating resistoris indicated by a yellow LED.

Switch forterminating resistor

LED for terminating resistor

Figure 12: 5AC901.I485-00 - Terminating resistor

Page 64: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

64 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.2 5AC901.ICAN-00

3.5.2.1 General information

Interface option 5AC901.ICAN-00 is equipped with a CAN bus master interface.

• 1x CAN bus master interface• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

3.5.2.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.ICAN-00 Interface card - 1x CAN interface - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 68: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Order data

3.5.2.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.ICAN-00General informationB&R ID code 0xD84BCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)2)

GOST-R YesInterfacesCAN

Quantity 1Controller Bosch CC770 (compatible with Intel 82527 CAN controller)Design DSUB, 9-pin, male, electrically isolatedTransfer rate Max. 1 Mbit/s

Terminating resistor YesElectrical characteristicsPower consumption 1 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 3)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 69: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Technical data

Page 65: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 65

Model number 5AC901.ICAN-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 33 g

Table 69: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.3) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.5.2.3.1 - Pinout

CAN busType Electrically isolatedTransfer rate Max. 1 Mbit/sBus length Max. 1000 meters

Pin Assignment1 n.c.2 CAN LOW3 GND4 n.c.5 n.c.6 Reserved7 CAN HIGH8 n.c.9 n.c.

DSUB, 9-pin, male

5

1

9

6

Table 70: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Pinout

3.5.2.3.2 I/O address and IRQ

Resource Default setting Function384h (address register) Defines the register number that should be accessed.I/O address

385h (data register) Access to the register defined in the address register.IRQ IRQ10 Interrupt

Table 71: I/O address and IRQ

1) Resource allocation is identical for the interface option 1 and 2 slots.

3.5.2.3.3 CAN - Bus length and cable type

The type of cable to be used depends largely on the required bus length and number of nodes. The bus length isdetermined by the bit rate. In accordance with CiA (CAN in Automation), the maximum bus length is 1000 meters.The following bus lengths are permitted with a maximum oscillator tolerance of 0.121%:Extension Transfer rate≤1000 m Typ. 50 kbit/s≤200 m Typ. 250 kbit/s≤100 m Typ. 500 kbit/s≤20 m Typ. 1 Mbit/s

Table 72: CAN - Bus length and transfer rate

Page 66: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

66 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

The material used for the cable should have all of the following properties or deviate from them as little as possibleto achieve an optimal transfer rate.CAN cable PropertySignal lines

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistanceStrandingShield

2x 0.25 mm² (24 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤82 Ω/kmWires stranded in pairs

Paired shield with aluminum foilGround line

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistance

1x 0.34 mm² (22 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤59 Ω/kmOuter jacket

MaterialPropertiesComplete shielding

PUR compoundHalogen-free

Composed of tinned copper wires

Table 73: CAN cable requirements

3.5.2.3.4 CAN driver settings

The baud rate can be set in Automation Studio either with predefined values or the bit timing register. For additionalinformation, see Automation Help.

Bit timing register 1 Bit timing register 0 Baud rate00h 14h 1000 kbit/s

80h or 00h 1Ch 500 kbit/s81h or 01h 1Ch 250 kbit/s83h or 03h 1Ch 125 kbit/s84h or 04h 1Ch 100 kbit/s89h or 09h 1Ch 50 kbit/s

Table 74: CAN driver settings

3.5.2.3.5 Terminating resistor

A terminating resistor for the CAN interface is already integrated in the IF option. The terminating resistor is switchedon or off using a switch, but the system unit must be opened to reach it. A switched-on terminating resistor isindicated by a yellow LED.

Switch forterminating resistor

LED for terminating resistor

Figure 13: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Terminating resistor

3.5.2.3.6 Drivers

The CAN IF option is supported in PVI for Windows XP Professional and Windows Embedded Standard 2009.Interface option 5AC901.ICAN-00 will be supported starting with Windows 7 by PVI V4.2.5 or Windows CAN driverV3.0.

Page 67: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 67

3.5.3 5AC901.ICAN-01

3.5.3.1 General information

Interface option 5AC901.ICAN-01 is equipped with a CAN bus master interface.

• 1x CAN bus master interface (SJA1000)• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

3.5.3.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.ICAN-01 Interface card - 1x CAN interface (SJA1000) - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 75: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Order data

3.5.3.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.ICAN-01General informationB&R ID code 0xD84CCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

InterfacesCAN

Quantity 1Controller SJA1000Design DSUB, 9-pin, male, electrically isolatedTransfer rate Max. 1 Mbit/s

Terminating resistor YesElectrical characteristicsPower consumption 0.5 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 2)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Relative humidityOperation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 33 g

Table 76: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

Page 68: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

68 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.3.3.1 Pinout

CAN busType Electrically isolatedTransfer rate Max. 1 Mbit/sBus length Max. 1000 meters

Pin Assignment1 n.c.2 CAN LOW3 GND4 n.c.5 n.c.6 Reserved7 CAN HIGH8 n.c.9 n.c.

DSUB, 9-pin, male

5

1

9

6

Table 77: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Pinout

3.5.3.3.2 I/O address and IRQ

Resource Default setting Function384h (address register) Defines the register number that should be accessed.I/O address

385h (data register) Access to the register defined in the address register.IRQ IRQ10 Interrupt

Table 78: I/O address and IRQ

1) Resource allocation is identical for the interface option 1 and 2 slots.

3.5.3.3.3 CAN - Bus length and cable type

The type of cable to be used depends largely on the required bus length and number of nodes. The bus length isdetermined by the bit rate. In accordance with CiA (CAN in Automation), the maximum bus length is 1000 meters.The following bus lengths are permitted with a maximum oscillator tolerance of 0.121%:Extension Transfer rate≤1000 m Typ. 50 kbit/s≤200 m Typ. 250 kbit/s≤100 m Typ. 500 kbit/s≤20 m Typ. 1 Mbit/s

Table 79: CAN - Bus length and transfer rate

The material used for the cable should have all of the following properties or deviate from them as little as possibleto achieve an optimal transfer rate.CAN cable PropertySignal lines

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistanceStrandingShield

2x 0.25 mm² (24 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤82 Ω/kmWires stranded in pairs

Paired shield with aluminum foilGround line

Cable cross sectionWire insulationConductor resistance

1x 0.34 mm² (22 AWG / 19), tinned copper stranded wirePE

≤59 Ω/kmOuter jacket

MaterialPropertiesComplete shielding

PUR compoundHalogen-free

Composed of tinned copper wires

Table 80: CAN cable requirements

Page 69: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 69

3.5.3.3.4 CAN driver settings

The baud rate can be set in Automation Studio either with predefined values or the bit timing register. For additionalinformation, see Automation Help.

Bit timing register 1 Bit timing register 0 Baud rate00h 14h 1000 kbit/s

80h or 00h 1Ch 500 kbit/s81h or 01h 1Ch 250 kbit/s83h or 03h 1Ch 125 kbit/s84h or 04h 1Ch 100 kbit/s89h or 09h 1Ch 50 kbit/s

Table 81: CAN driver settings

3.5.3.3.5 Terminating resistor

A terminating resistor for the CAN interface is already integrated in the IF option. The terminating resistor is switchedon or off using a switch, but the system unit must be opened to reach it. A switched-on terminating resistor isindicated by a yellow LED.

Switch forterminating resistor

LED for terminating resistor

Figure 14: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Terminating resistor

3.5.3.3.6 Drivers

Drivers for approved operating systems are available for download in the Downloads section of the B&R website(www.br-automation.com).

Page 70: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

70 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.4 5AC901.IHDA-00

3.5.4.1 General information

Interface option 5AC901.IHDA-00 is equipped with an HDA sound chip with externally accessible MIC, Line INand Line OUT channels.

• 1x MIC• 1x Line IN• 1x Line OUT• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

3.5.4.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.IHDA-00 Interface card - 1x audio interface (1x MIC / 1x Line In / 1x OUT)- For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 82: 5AC901.IHDA-00 - Order data

3.5.4.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.IHDA-00General informationB&R ID code 0xD84ECertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)2)

GOST-R YesInterfacesAudio

Type HDA soundController Realtek ALC 662Inputs Microphone, Line InOutputs Line Out

Electrical characteristicsPower consumption 0.4 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 3)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 83: 5AC901.IHDA-00 - Technical data

Page 71: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 71

Model number 5AC901.IHDA-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 21 g

Table 83: 5AC901.IHDA-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.3) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.5.4.3.1 Pinout

MIC, Line IN, Line OUTController Realtek ALC 662MIC Connection of a mono microphone via 3.5 mm jackLine IN Supply of a stereo Line In signal via 3.5 mm jackLine OUT Connection of a stereo playback de-

vice (e.g. amplifier) via 3.5 mm jack

3.5 mm female connector

Table 84: 5AC901.IHDA-00 - Pinout

A special driver is required to operate the audio controller. Drivers for approved operating systems are availablefor download in the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Information:Only download necessary drivers from the B&R website, not from vendor websites.

Page 72: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

72 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.5 5AC901.ISRM-00

3.5.5.1 General information

Interface option 5AC901.ISRM-00 is equipped with 2 MB SRAM.

• 2 MB SRAM• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

Information:When writing, reading or accessing the SRAM, "unaligned accesses" are not supported by the Avalonbus (internal bus in the PCI Express core).

3.5.5.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.ISRM-00 Interface card - 2 MB RAM - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 85: 5AC901.ISRM-00 - Order data

3.5.5.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.ISRM-00General informationB&R ID code 0xD850Certifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

GOST-R YesControllerSRAM

Size 2 MBBattery-backed YesRemanent variables in power failure mode 256 kB

(e.g. for Automation Runtime, see Automation Help)Electrical characteristicsPower consumption 2 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 2)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 86: 5AC901.ISRM-00 - Technical data

Page 73: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 73

Model number 5AC901.ISRM-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 20 g

Table 86: 5AC901.ISRM-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.5.5.3.1 Drivers

Drivers for approved operating systems are available for download in the Downloads section of the B&R website(www.br-automation.com).

Page 74: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

74 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.6 5AC901.IPLK-00

3.5.6.1 General information

Interface option 5AC901.IPLK-00 is equipped with 1 POWERLINK interface and 2 MB SRAM.

• 1x POWERLINK interface for managing or controlled node• 2 MB SRAM• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

Information:When writing, reading or accessing the SRAM, "unaligned accesses" are not supported by the Avalonbus (internal bus in the PCI Express core).

3.5.6.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.IPLK-00 Interface card - 1x POWERLINK interface - 2 MB SRAM - ForAPC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 87: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - Order data

3.5.6.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.IPLK-00General informationB&R ID code 0xE025Certifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

ControllerSRAM

Size 2 MBBattery-backed YesRemanent variables in power failure mode 256 kB

(e.g. for Automation Runtime, see Automation Help)InterfacesPOWERLINK

Quantity 1Transfer 100BASE-TXType Type 4 2)

Design Shielded RJ45Transfer rate 100 Mbit/sCable length Max. 100 m between two stations (segment length)

Electrical characteristicsPower consumption 1.5 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 3)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 88: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - Technical data

Page 75: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 75

Model number 5AC901.IPLK-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 35 g

Table 88: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) For more information, see Automation Help (Communication - POWERLINK - General information - Hardware - IF / LS).3) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.5.6.3.1 Pinout

LEDs are integrated on the interface option.POWERLINK

Wiring S/STP (Cat 5e)Cable length Max. 100 m (min. Cat 5e)LED Color Status Explanation

On Link (POWERLINK network connection avail-able)

LED "Link" Yellow

Off Activity (blinks to indicate active data transfer)

RJ45, female

1

LED "Link"

Table 89: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - POWERLINK interface

3.5.6.3.2 LED "Status/Error"

LED "Status/Error" is a green and red dual LED. The LED states have a different meaning depending on theoperating mode.

LED "Status/Error"

POWERLINK - LED "Status/Error"LED Color Status Explanation

On POWERLINK LED "Status/Error", see 3.5.6.3.2"LED "Status/Error""

LED "Sta-tus/Error"

Green-Red

Off POWERLINK LED "Status/Error", see 3.5.6.3.2"LED "Status/Error""

RJ45, female

LED “Status/Error“

Table 90: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - POWERLINK LED "Status/Error"

Ethernet mode

In this mode, the interface is operated as an Ethernet interface.Green - Status DescriptionOn The interface is being operated as an Ethernet interface.

Table 91: LED "Status/Error" - Ethernet mode

Page 76: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

76 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

POWERLINK

Red - Error DescriptionOn The interface is in an error state (failed Ethernet frames, increased number of collisions on the network, etc.).

If an error occurs in the following states, then the green LED blinks over the red LED:• BASIC_ETHERNET• PRE_OPERATIONAL_1• PRE_OPERATIONAL_2• READY_TO_OPERATE

t

t

t

LED "S/E"

StatusGreen

ErrorRed

Table 92: LED "Status/Error" - POWERLINK - Error

Green - Status DescriptionOffNOT_ACTIVE

StateThe interface is in state NOT_ACTIVE or:

• Switched off• Starting up• Not configured correctly in Automation Studio• Defective

Managing node (MN)The bus is monitored for POWERLINK frames. If a frame is not received within the configured time window (time-out), the interface immediately enters mode PRE_OPERATIONAL_1 (single flash). If POWERLINK communica-tion is detected before the time expires, however, then the MN is not started.

Controlled node (CN)The bus is monitored for POWERLINK frames. If a corresponding frame is not received within the configuredtime frame (timeout), then the module immediately enters mode BASIC_ETHERNET (flickering). If POWERLINKcommunication is detected before this time expires, however, the interface immediately enters mode PRE_OP-ERATIONAL_1 (single flash).

Flickering green (approx. 10 Hz)BASIC_ETHERNET

StateThe interface is in state BASIC_ETHERNET and operated as an Ethernet TCP/IP interface.

Managing node (MN)This state can only be exited by resetting the interface.

Controlled node (CN)If POWERLINK communication is detected during this state, the interface enters state PRE_OPERATIONAL_1(single flash).

Single flash (approx. 1 Hz)PRE_OPERATIONAL_1

StateThe interface is in state PRE_OPERATIONAL_1.

Managing node (MN)The MN starts "reduced cycle" operation. Cyclic communication is not yet taking place.

Controlled node (CN)The module can be configured by the MN in this state. The CN waits until it receives an SoC frame and thenswitches to state PRE_OPERATIONAL_2 (double flash). A solid red LED in this state indicates failure of the MN.

Table 93: LED "Status/Error" - POWERLINK - Status

Page 77: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 77

Green - Status DescriptionDouble flash (approx. 1 Hz)PRE_OPERATIONAL_2

StateThe interface is in state PRE_OPERATIONAL_2.

Managing node (MN)The MN begins cyclic communication (cyclic input data is not yet evaluated). The CNs are configured in this state.

Controlled node (CN)The interface can be configured by the MN in this state. A command then switches the state to READY_TO_OP-ERATE (triple flash). A solid red LED in this mode indicates failure of the MN.

Triple flash (approx. 1 Hz)READY_TO_OPERATE

StateThe interface is in state READY_TO_OPERATE.

Managing node (MN)Cyclic and asynchronous communication is taking place. Any received PDO data is ignored.

Controlled node (CN)The configuration of the module is completed. Normal cyclic and asynchronous communication is taking place.The transmitted PDO data corresponds to the PDO mapping. Cyclic data is not yet evaluated, however. A solidred LED in this mode indicates failure of the MN.

OnOPERATIONAL

StateThe interface is in state OPERATIONAL. The PDO mapping is active and cyclic data is evaluated.

Blinking (approx. 2.5 Hz)STOPPED

StateThe interface is in state STOPPED.

Managing node (MN)This state is not possible for the MN.

Controlled node (CN)No output data is output, and no input data is provided. It is only possible to enter or leave this mode by acorresponding command from the MN.

Table 93: LED "Status/Error" - POWERLINK - Status

System stop error codes

A system stop error can occur due to incorrect configuration or defective hardware.The error code is indicated by the red "Error" LED and four switch-on phases. Each switch-on phase has a durationof either 150 ms or 600 ms. The error code output is repeated cyclically every 2 seconds.Error description Error code indicated by red "Status" LEDRAM error:The interface is defective and must be replaced.

• • • - Pause • • • - Pause

Hardware error:The interface or a system component is defective and must be replaced.

- • • - Pause - • • - Pause

Table 94: System stop error codes

Legend: • ...150 ms− ...600 msPause 2-second pause

3.5.6.3.3 Drivers

The POWERLINK IF option is supported by Automation Runtime starting with the following versions:

• AR upgrade AR H4.10• Automation Studio V4.1.x.x

Page 78: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

78 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.7 5AC901.IRDY-00

3.5.7.1 General information

Ready relay 5AC901.IRDY-00 is switched as soon as the B&R industrial PC has started up and all internal supplyvoltages are applied. It is possible to connect additional devices to the ready relay; they will also be switched onwhen the B&R industrial PC starts up.

• 1 normally closed contact, 1 normally open contact• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

Terminal block 0TB2104.8000 is not included in delivery and must be ordered separately.

3.5.7.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.IRDY-00 Interface card - Ready relay - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100Required accessoriesTerminal blocks

0TB2104.8000 Connector 24 VDC - 4-pin female - Screw clamp terminal block2.5 mm²

Table 95: 5AC901.IRDY-00 - Order data

3.5.7.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.IRDY-00General informationB&R ID code 0xD84FReady relay Normally open contact and normally closed contact, max. 30 VDC, max. 2 ACertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentElectrical characteristicsPower consumption 0.2 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 1)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Relative humidityOperation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 30 g

Table 96: 5AC901.IRDY-00 - Technical data

1) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

Page 79: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 79

3.5.7.3.1 Pinout

Ready relayPin Assignment Description1 NO Normally open contact2 COM Changeover contact3 NC Normally closed contact4 - Not connected

Connector, 4-pin, male

1 2 3 4

NCNO

Table 97: 5AC901.IRDY-00 - Pinout

Page 80: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

80 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.8 5AC901.ISIO-00

3.5.8.1 General information

The ready relay function of IF option 5AC901.ISIO-00 can be controlled using the MTCX. Corresponding commandsmust be issued by the MTCX in order to switch the ready relay.In addition to the ready relay function, the reset button, power button and LED "Power" on the APC910/PPC900or APC3100/PPC3100 can be made accessible externally.Unlike IF option 5AC901.IRDY-00, ready relay 5AC901.ISIO-00 is not automatically switched on or off if the powersupply to the PC is switched on or off.The maximum cable length for connecting the reset button, power button and LED "Power" is 2 m.

• Connections for the reset button and power buttons on the PC• Connection for LED "Power" on the PC• 1 normally closed contact, 1 normally open contact of the ready relay• Control of the ready relay functions using MTCX commands• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

3.5.8.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.ISIO-00 Interface card - System I/O - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 98: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Order data

3.5.8.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.ISIO-00General informationB&R ID code 0xE674Ready relay Normally open contact and normally closed contact, max. 30 VDC, max. 1 ACertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentElectrical characteristicsPower consumption 0.5 WOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 1)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 99: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Technical data

Page 81: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 81

Model number 5AC901.ISIO-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 30 g

Table 99: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Technical data

1) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.5.8.3.1 Pinout

Ready relayMax. cable length Max. 2 meters

Pin Assignment1 Output LED ("Power") - Green2 Output LED ("Power") - Red3 GND4 Input - Power button5 Input - Reset button6 Relay, normally open contact7 Relay, normally closed contact8 GND9 COM relay, changeover contact

DSUB, 9-pin, female

1

5

6

9

Table 100: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Pinout

3.5.8.3.2 Connection example

Information:Series resistors for the LEDs are already installed on the interface option.

The LED outputs are dimensioned for a typical LED current of 3.5 mA.

GND

GND

NC NO

Res

et

Pow

er

Red

LED

Gre

en L

ED

5 1

9 6

COM

Figure 15: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Connection example

Page 82: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

82 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.5.9 5AC901.IETH-00

3.5.9.1 General information

Interface option 5AC901.IETH-00 is equipped with a 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet interface.

• 1x Ethernet interface 10/100/1000BASE-T• Compatible with the APC910/PPC900 and APC3100/PPC3100

Interface option 5AC901.IETH-00 can only be operated in the IF option 2 slot.

3.5.9.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureInterface options

5AC901.IETH-00 Interface card - 1x ETH 10/100/1000 - For APC910/PPC900/APC3100/PPC3100

Table 101: 5AC901.IETH-00 - Order data

3.5.9.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this individual component andmay deviate from those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which thisindividual component is used, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.IETH-00General informationB&R ID code EC3CDiagnostics

Data transfer Yes, using LED status indicatorsCertification

UL cULus E115267Industrial control equipment

InterfacesEthernet

Quantity 1Controller Intel I210Design Shielded RJ45Transfer rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s 1)

Cable length Max. 100 m between two stations (segment length)Electrical characteristicsPower consumption 1 WOperating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°CStorage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Relative humidityOperation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 35 g

Table 102: 5AC901.IETH-00 - Technical data

1) Switching takes place automatically.

Page 83: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 83

3.5.9.3.1 Pinout

LEDs are integrated on the interface option.Ethernet interface (ETH1))

Controller Intel I210Wiring S/STP (Cat 5e)Transfer rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s2)

Cable length Max. 100 m (min. Cat 5e)LED "Speed" On Off

Green 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s3)

Orange 1000 Mbit/s -LED "Link" On Off

Orange Link (indicates connectionto an Ethernet network)

Activity (blinks to indi-cate active data transfer)

RJ45, female

1

Table 103: 5AC901.IETH-00 - Ethernet interface

1) The interfaces, etc. available on the device or module have been numbered as such for the purpose of clear differentiation. This numbering may deviatefrom the numbering used by the respective operating system, however.

2) Switching takes place automatically.3) The 10 Mbit/s transfer rate / connection only exists if LED "Link" is also lit at the same time.

3.5.9.3.2 Driver support

A special driver is required to operate Intel Ethernet controller I210. Drivers for approved operating systems areavailable for download in the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com). Windows 7, Win-dows 10 and B&R Debian 8 are approved operating systems.Wake-on-LAN (WoL) and PXE booting are not supported.

Information:Only download necessary drivers from the B&R website, not from vendor websites.

3.6 Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)

With the optionally integrated UPS, the B&R industrial PC ensures that the PC system can complete write oper-ations even after a power failure occurs. If the UPS detects a power failure, it switches to battery operation im-mediately without interruption. All running programs are properly exited by the UPS software. The possibility ofinconsistent data is eliminated (only works if the UPS has already been configured and the driver is enabled).

Information:• An external panel or monitor is not buffered by the UPS and will fail if a power failure occurs.• For detailed information about uninterruptible power supplies, see the user's manual for the

external UPS. This can be downloaded from the B&R website.

Because the charging circuit is integrated in the housing of the B&R industrial PC, installation has been reducedto simply attaching the connection cable to the battery unit installed next to the PC.Special emphasis was placed on simplified maintenance when designing the battery unit. Batteries are easilyaccessible from the front and can be replaced in just a few moments when servicing.

3.6.1 Requirements

• A suitable system unit• UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-00 or 5AC901.IUPS-01• Battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-00 or 5AC901.BUPS-01• UPS connection cable: 0.5 meters (5CAUPS.0005-01), 1 meter (5CAUPS.0010-01) or 3 meters

(5CAUPS.0030-01)• B&R UPS configured in the ADI Control Center

Page 84: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

84 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Warning!Battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-00 is only permitted to be operated with UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-00!Battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-01 is only permitted to be operated with UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-01!

Page 85: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 85

3.6.2 5AC901.IUPS-00

3.6.2.1 General information

UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-00 used together with battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-00 allows the B&R industrial PC tobe switched off properly without data loss during a power failure.UPS interface option 5AC901.IUPS-00 can only be operated in the IF option 1 slot.

Warning!UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-00 is only permitted to be operated with battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-00!

Information:If the system is in standby mode (S5: soft-off mode or S4: hibernation/suspend-to-disk mode), then theinternal UPS interface option charges the connected battery unit. The system's internal power suppliesare active during this procedure. This allows various actions to be performed (e.g. opening the trayof the built-in slide-in DVD drive).

3.6.2.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUninterruptible power supplies

5AC901.IUPS-00 UPS - For 4.5 Ah batteryRequired accessoriesUninterruptible power supplies

5AC901.BUPS-00 Battery unit 4.5 Ah - For UPS 5AC901.IUPS-005CAUPS.0005-01 UPS cable - 0.5 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0010-01 UPS cable - 1 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0030-01 UPS cable - 3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx

Table 104: 5AC901.IUPS-00 - Order data

3.6.2.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.IUPS-00General informationB&R ID code 0xD851Certification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

GOST-R YesElectrical characteristicsPower consumption Max. 30 W at 1 ADeep discharge protection YesShort circuit protection Yes 2)

Battery charging dataCharging current Typ. 1 A

Operating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 3)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 105: 5AC901.IUPS-00 - Technical data

Page 86: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

86 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5AC901.IUPS-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 28 g

Table 105: 5AC901.IUPS-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) The interface option is equipped with short circuit protection. This value does not apply to the connected battery unit.3) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.6.2.3.1 Pinout

UPS interfacePin Assignment1 Temperature sensor2 Temperature sensor3 -4 +

Connector, 4-pin, male

1 2 3 4

Table 106: 5AC901.IUPS-00/-01 - Pinout

3.6.2.4 Installation

This module is installed using the materials included in delivery. For more information regarding installation, seesection "Installing the interface option" on page .

Page 87: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 87

3.6.3 5AC901.IUPS-01

3.6.3.1 General information

UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-01 used together with battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-01 allows the B&R industrial PC tobe switched off properly without data loss during a power failure.UPS interface option 5AC901.IUPS-01 can only be operated in the IF option 1 slot.

Warning!UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-01 is only permitted to be operated with battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-01!

Information:If the system is in standby mode (S5: soft-off mode or S4: hibernation/suspend-to-disk mode), then theinternal UPS interface option charges the connected battery unit. The system's internal power suppliesare active during this procedure. This allows various actions to be performed (e.g. opening the trayof the built-in slide-in DVD drive).

3.6.3.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUninterruptible power supplies

5AC901.IUPS-01 UPS - For 2.2 Ah batteryRequired accessoriesUninterruptible power supplies

5AC901.BUPS-01 Battery unit 2.2 Ah - For UPS 5AC901.IUPS-015CAUPS.0005-01 UPS cable - 0.5 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0010-01 UPS cable - 1 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0030-01 UPS cable - 3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx

Table 107: 5AC901.IUPS-01 - Order data

3.6.3.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.IUPS-01General informationB&R ID code 0xDF84Certification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

GOST-R YesElectrical characteristicsPower consumption Max. 25 W at 0.9 ADeep discharge protection YesShort circuit protection Yes 2)

Battery charging dataCharging current Typ. 0.88 A

Operating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 55°C 3)

Storage -20 to 60°CTransport -20 to 60°C

Table 108: 5AC901.IUPS-01 - Technical data

Page 88: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

88 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5AC901.IUPS-01Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 90%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

Mechanical characteristicsWeight Approx. 28 g

Table 108: 5AC901.IUPS-01 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) The interface option is equipped with short circuit protection. This value does not apply to the connected battery unit.3) For detailed information, see the temperature tables in the user's manual.

3.6.3.3.1 Pinout

UPS interfacePin Assignment1 Temperature sensor2 Temperature sensor3 -4 +

Connector, 4-pin, male

1 2 3 4

Table 109: 5AC901.IUPS-00/-01 - Pinout

3.6.3.4 Installation

This module is installed using the materials included in delivery. For more information regarding installation, seesection "Installing the interface option" on page .

Page 89: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 89

3.6.4 5AC901.BUPS-00

3.6.4.1 General information

• Battery unit for UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-00• Single-cell rechargeable battery• 2 Hawker Cyclon 12 V 4.5 Ah rechargeable batteries connected in series• Rated voltage 24 V• Capacity 4.5 Ah

The battery unit is subject to wear and should be replaced regularly (after the specified service life at the latest).

Warning!Battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-00 is only permitted to be operated with UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-00!

3.6.4.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUninterruptible power supplies

5AC901.BUPS-00 Battery unit 4.5 Ah - For UPS 5AC901.IUPS-00Required accessoriesUninterruptible power supplies

5CAUPS.0005-01 UPS cable - 0.5 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0010-01 UPS cable - 1 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0030-01 UPS cable - 3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx

Table 110: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Order data

3.6.4.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.BUPS-00General informationBattery

Type Hawker Cyclon 12 V 4.5 Ah, two rechargeable batteries connected in seriesService life Up to 15 years at 20°C / 10 years at 25°C 1)

Design Single cellTemperature sensor NTC resistanceMaintenance interval during storage Charge 1 time every 6 monthsCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C2)

GOST-R YesCharge duration when battery low Typ. 7 hoursElectrical characteristicsNominal voltage 24 VCapacity 4.5 AhFuse YesBattery charging data

Charging current 3) Typ. 1 AOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation -30 to 60°C 4)

Storage -65 to 80°CTransport -65 to 80°C

Table 111: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Technical data

Page 90: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

90 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5AC901.BUPS-00Relative humidity

Operation 5 to 95%, non-condensingStorage 5 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 5 to 95%, non-condensing

ElevationOperation Max. 3000 m

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Width 223.2 mmHeight 78.2 mmDepth 145 mm

Weight Approx. 4600 g

Table 111: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Technical data

1) Depends on the charging and discharging cycles (up to 80% battery capacity).2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.3) Maximum charging current.4) Battery backing is no longer provided if the temperature undershoots the minimum temperature or overshoots the maximum temperature. The battery is also

no longer charged since this can result in damage to the battery.

3.6.4.4 Service life

The following diagram shows the relationship between ambient temperature and service life.

20 35 45 55 65 75 85

50% reduction in service life expectancy if temperature increased by 8°C

Ambient temperature [°C]

Year

s un

til 8

0% o

f bat

tery

cap

acity

33°C

25

1

0

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Page 91: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 91

3.6.4.5 Dimensions

35.5

140

133,2

78.238

125

2727

167.2

18

127,8520,6

223.2

209.7

60

109

Figure 16: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Dimensions

3.6.4.6 Drilling template

35.5

175.5

223.2

100 135 145

0

Figure 17: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Drilling template

Page 92: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

92 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.6.4.7 Installation

3.6.4.8 Precautions for handling and use

Spills and leaks:

Further leakage must be prevented. Smaller spills must be bonded with dry sand, dirt and vermiculite. The useof flammable materials is not permitted. If possible, neutralize acids with sodium bicarbonate, chalk, etc. Acid-resistant clothing, footwear, gloves and face protection must be worn. The disposal of unneutralized acid in thesewage system is prohibited!

Waste disposal:

Used batteries and rechargeable batteries must be disposed of in an environmentally friendly recycling process.Neutralized mud must be stored in closed containers and stored / disposed of in accordance with applicable reg-ulations. After neutralization and inspection, larger spills diluted with water must be disposed of in accordance withapplicable regulations.

Handling and storage:

• Store in cool, dry and well-ventilated rooms with impermeable surfaces and appropriate containment con-ditions in case of leakage

• Protect from adverse weather conditions and separated from incompatible materials during storage andtransport

• A sufficient supply of water must be located nearby.• Damage to containers in which batteries and rechargeable batteries are stored and transported must be

prevented.• Keep away from fire, sparks and heat.

Page 93: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 93

3.6.5 5AC901.BUPS-01

3.6.5.1 General information

• Battery unit for UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-01• Maintenance-free lead acid battery• 2 Panasonic 12 V 2.2 Ah rechargeable batteries connected in series• Rated voltage 24 V• Capacity 2.2 Ah

The battery unit is subject to wear and should be replaced regularly (after the specified service life at the latest).

Warning!Battery unit 5AC901.BUPS-01 is only permitted to be operated with UPS IF option 5AC901.IUPS-01!

3.6.5.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUninterruptible power supplies

5AC901.BUPS-01 Battery unit 2.2 Ah - For UPS 5AC901.IUPS-01Required accessoriesUninterruptible power supplies

5CAUPS.0005-01 UPS cable - 0.5 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0010-01 UPS cable - 1 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0030-01 UPS cable - 3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx

Table 112: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Order data

3.6.5.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5AC901.BUPS-01General informationBattery

Type Panasonic 12 V 2.2 Ah; two rechargeable batteries connected in seriesService life Up to 5 years at 20°C 1)

Design Maintenance-free lead acid batteryTemperature sensor NTC resistanceMaintenance interval during storage Charge 1 time every 6 monthsCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C2)

GOST-R YesCharge duration when battery low Typ. 5 hoursElectrical characteristicsNominal voltage 24 VCapacity 2.2 AhFuse YesBattery charging data

Charging current 3) Typ. 0.88 AOperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2

Table 113: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Technical data

Page 94: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

94 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5AC901.BUPS-01Environmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 40°C 4)

Storage -15 to 40°CTransport -15 to 40°C

Relative humidityOperation 25 to 85%, non-condensingStorage 25 to 85%, non-condensingTransport 25 to 85%, non-condensing

ElevationOperation Max. 3000 m

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Width 188 mmHeight 78 mmDepth 115 mm

Weight Approx. 2550 g

Table 113: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Technical data

1) Depends on the charging and discharging cycles.2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.3) Maximum charging current.4) Battery backing is no longer provided if the temperature undershoots the minimum temperature or overshoots the maximum temperature. The battery is also

no longer charged since this can result in damage to the battery.

3.6.5.4 Service life

The following diagram shows the relationship between ambient temperature and service life.

Ambient temperature [°C]

Serv

ice

life

[yea

rs]

10 20 30 40 50 60 700.1

0.5

1

3

5

10

15

Page 95: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 95

3.6.5.5 Dimensions

181.5

115

78140

20

100

188

76 21.6

5.5

ø11

Figure 18: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Dimensions

3.6.5.6 Drilling template

181.5

115

140

20

107.5

5.5

ø11

7.50

Figure 19: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Drilling template

Page 96: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

96 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.6.5.7 Installation

3.6.5.8 Precautions for handling and use

Spills and leaks:

Further leakage must be prevented. Smaller spills must be bonded with dry sand, dirt and vermiculite. The useof flammable materials is not permitted. If possible, neutralize acids with sodium bicarbonate, chalk, etc. Acid-resistant clothing, footwear, gloves and face protection must be worn. The disposal of unneutralized acid in thesewage system is prohibited!

Waste disposal:

Used batteries and rechargeable batteries must be disposed of in an environmentally friendly recycling process.Neutralized mud must be stored in closed containers and stored / disposed of in accordance with applicable reg-ulations. After neutralization and inspection, larger spills diluted with water must be disposed of in accordance withapplicable regulations.

Handling and storage:

• Store in cool, dry and well-ventilated rooms with impermeable surfaces and appropriate containment con-ditions in case of leakage

• Protect from adverse weather conditions and separated from incompatible materials during storage andtransport

• A sufficient supply of water must be located nearby.• Damage to containers in which batteries and rechargeable batteries are stored and transported must be

prevented.• Keep away from fire, sparks and heat.

Page 97: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 97

3.6.6 5CAUPS.xxxx-01

3.6.6.1 General information

The UPS connection cable establishes the connection between the UPS interface option and battery unit.

3.6.6.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUninterruptible power supplies

5CAUPS.0005-01 UPS cable - 0.5 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0010-01 UPS cable - 1 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0013-01 UPS cable - 1.3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx5CAUPS.0030-01 UPS cable - 3 m - For 5AC901.IUPS-xx

Table 114: 5CAUPS.0005-01, 5CAUPS.0010-01, 5CAUPS.0013-01, 5CAUPS.0030-01 - Order data

3.6.6.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CAUPS.0005-01 5CAUPS.0010-01 5CAUPS.0013-01 5CAUPS.0030-01General informationCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T3C1)

GOST-R Yes - YesCable constructionWire cross section 2x 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG)

2x 2.5 mm2 (13 AWG)Conductor resistance At 0.5 mm2: Max. 39 Ω/km

At 2.5 mm2: Max. 7.98 Ω/km 2)

Outer jacketMaterial Thermoplastic PVC-based materialColor Window gray (similar to RAL 7040)

ConnectorType 4-pin screw clamp terminal block 3)

Electrical characteristicsOperating voltage Max. 30 VDCPeak operating voltage Typ. 30 VDCTest voltage

Wire/Wire 1500 VCurrent-carrying capacity 10 A at 20°COperating conditionsPollution degree per EN 61131-2 Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Moving -5 to 70°CStatic -30 to 70°C

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 0.5 m 1 m 1.3 m 3 mDiameter 7 mm

Bend radiusMoving 10x wire diameterFixed installation 5x wire diameter

Weight Approx. 55 g Approx. 100 g Approx. 130 g Approx. 250 g

Table 115: 5CAUPS.0005-01, 5CAUPS.0010-01, 5CAUPS.0013-01, 5CAUPS.0030-01 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) At an ambient temperature of 20°C.3) Tightening torque: Min. 0.4 Nm, max. 0.5 Nm

Page 98: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

98 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Information:The maximum length of the UPS connection cable depends on the following:

• Power• Voltage drop• Wire cross section• Sensor line

3.6.6.4 Installation

For information about connecting the cable to the battery unit, see section "Installing and connecting the UPSbattery unit" on page 163.

Page 99: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

Cha

pter

2Te

chni

cal d

ata

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 99

3.7 Front covers

3.7.1 5ACCFF01.0000-00x

3.7.1.1 General information

3 front cover variants are available for APC3100 system units.

Information:The front cover is part of the complete system and cannot be ordered as an individual component.If a front cover is not selected during standard device configuration, then front cover 5AC-CFF01.0000-000 (orange APC3100 front cover with B&R logo) is installed and delivered by default.

3.7.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureFront covers

5ACCFF01.0000-000 APC3100 front cover - Orange - With B&R logo5ACCFF01.0000-001 APC3100 front cover - Dark gray - Without logo5ACCFF01.0000-002 APC3100 front cover - Orange - Without logo

Table 116: 5ACCFF01.0000-000, 5ACCFF01.0000-001, 5ACCFF01.0000-002 - Order data

3.7.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5ACCFF01.0000-000 5ACCFF01.0000-001 5ACCFF01.0000-002General informationCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T4Mechanical characteristicsHousing

Front cover Orange plastic (simi-lar to Pantone 144CV)

Dark gray plastic (sim-ilar to Pantone 432C)

Orange plastic (simi-lar to Pantone 144CV)

Logo B&R logo -Material Plastic (PPE + PS)Weight Approx. 30 g

Table 117: 5ACCFF01.0000-000, 5ACCFF01.0000-001, 5ACCFF01.0000-002 - Technical data

Page 100: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Technical data • Individual components

100 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3.8 Key covers

3.8.1 5ACCBC01.0000-00x

3.8.1.1 General information

2 key cover variants are available for APC3100 system units.

Information:The key cover is part of the complete system and cannot be ordered as an individual component.If a key cover is not selected during standard device configuration, then key cover 5ACCBC01.0000-000(orange APC3100 key cover) is installed and delivered by default.

3.8.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureKey covers

5ACCBC01.0000-000 APC3100 key cover - Orange5ACCBC01.0000-001 APC3100 key cover - Dark gray

Reset

Power

Battery

Table 118: 5ACCBC01.0000-000, 5ACCBC01.0000-001 - Order data

3.8.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5ACCBC01.0000-000 5ACCBC01.0000-001General informationCertifications

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T4Mechanical characteristicsHousing

Front cover Orange plastic (similar to Pantone 144CV) Dark gray plastic (similar to Pantone 432C)Material Plastic (PPE + PS)Weight Approx. 9 g

Table 119: 5ACCBC01.0000-000, 5ACCBC01.0000-001 - Technical data

Page 101: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • Installation

Cha

pter

3C

omm

issi

onin

g

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 101

Chapter 3 • Commissioning

1 Installation

Danger!• All power supplies must be disconnected before removing device covers or components and

installing/removing accessories, hardware or cables.• The power cable must be disconnected from the device and from the power supply.• All covers, components, accessories, hardware and cables must be installed or connected be-

fore the device can be connected to the power supply and switched on.

1.1 Important information concerning installation/commissioning

• Checking the delivery

° When receiving the delivery, check the packaging for any visible transport damage.° Any visible transport damage must be documented and reported immediately, or the damage must

be confirmed by the shipping/delivery company.° Keep the original packaging in the event that goods must be reshipped.

Information:If a device is transported or stored without packaging, it is unprotected against all envi-ronmental factors such as impacts, vibration, pressure, moisture, etc. Damaged pack-aging indicates that environmental conditions have already heavily affected and possi-bly damaged the device.

This can result in malfunctions on the device, machine or manufacturing system.

° Check the packaging contents and any ordered optional accessories for completeness and dam-age.

° If the packaging contents are incomplete, damaged or do not match your order, inform your localsales office or B&R headquarters immediately.

Danger!A damaged device is subject to unpredictable properties and states. The unintentionalinstallation or operation of a damaged device must be prevented. The damaged devicemust be marked as such and removed from the productive environment or sent imme-diately for repairs.

• The environmental conditions must be observed, see "Environmental characteristics".

Caution!Before the device is put into service, it must slowly be acclimated to room temperature! Sub-jecting it to thermal radiation is not permitted. If transported at low temperatures or if thereare large temperature fluctuations, the device is not permitted to be subjected to any type ofmoisture. Moisture can cause short circuits in the electrical circuits and damages the device.

• You must observe the permissible mounting orientations when installing the device, see "Mounting orien-tations".

Page 102: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • Installation

102 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Caution!When installed at an angle, the convection of air through the device is reduced, which decreasesthe maximum permissible ambient temperature for operation. If sufficient external cooling ispresent when the device is installed at an angle, the limit of the maximum permissible ambienttemperature must be checked in each case. Otherwise, the device can become damaged andthe certifications and warranty for the device nullified.

• The device is only certified for operation in enclosed rooms.• The device is not permitted to be subjected to direct sunlight.• Ventilation holes are not permitted to be covered.• When installed in a closed housing, enough space must be available for air to circulate sufficiently, see

2.2.3 "Spacing for air circulation".

Information:Additional space needed to operate or service the device must be taken into account duringinstallation.

• The device must be installed on a flat, clean and burr-free surface.• It is important to ensure that the wall or control cabinet plate can hold four times the total weight of the

device. If necessary, the interior of the installation cutout must be reinforced in order to strengthen theinstallation surface.

Caution!In the event of insufficient load-carrying capacity of the installation surface, inadequate mount-ing or improper mounting materials, the device may fall and become damaged.

• The device is not permitted to be positioned next to other heat sources that could cause overheating.• When connecting cables (DVI, SDL, USB, etc.), the bend radius must be taken into account.

1.2 Installing an Automation PC

The Automation PC 3100 is installed using the mounting holes on the mounting plate. The holes are designed forM5 screws. The two M5 screws needed for this are not included in delivery.

9

ø 5.5

ø 11

Figure 20: Mounting holes

For the exact position of the mounting holes, see section "Drilling template" on page 20.

1.2.1 Procedure

1. Drill the necessary holes in the mounting surface. For the exact position of the mounting holes, see the drillingtemplates.

2. Install the B&R industrial PC using M5 screws.

Page 103: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • Installation

Cha

pter

3C

omm

issi

onin

g

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 103

1.3 Installation information for individual deliveries / individual components

Information:If individual components are installed afterward for the Automation PC 3100, it may be necessary toenable these components in BIOS. This is done by launching BIOS when booting the system, loadingthe default BIOS values, restoring possible customized BIOS settings and then saving the settings. Formore information, see chapter "BIOS". This may be required for the following individual components:

• Interface option• Graphics option

Page 104: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • Connecting to the power grid

104 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2 Connecting to the power grid

Danger!• All power supplies must be disconnected before removing device covers or components and

installing/removing accessories, hardware or cables.• The power cable must be disconnected from the device and from the power supply.• All covers, components, accessories, hardware and cables must be installed or connected be-

fore the device can be connected to the power supply and switched on.

2.1 Installing the DC power cable

Danger!All power supplies to the B&R industrial PC and B&R Automation Panel must be interrupted. Beforeconnecting the DC power cable, it is necessary to check whether it has been disconnected from thepower source (e.g. power supply).

2.1.1 Wiring

The DC power cable must be installed in the terminal block (power supply connector) as shown in the image below.Wires with a cross section of 0.75 mm2 to 1.5 mm2 and wire end sleeves must be used.

Installing screw clamp terminal block 0TB103.9

Fasten the wires with wire end sleeves into the terminal contacts ➁ as shown in the image below and tighten thescrew clamp terminals ➀ with a screwdriver (max. tightening torque 0.4 Nm).Observe the pinout of the power supply connection on the device during wiring!

Installing a screw clamp terminal block Screw clamp terminals

DC power cable+

-

24 VDC

0 VDC

Functional ground

Terminal blockTerminal contacts

Figure 21: Installing a screw clamp terminal block

Installing cage clamp terminal block 0TB103.91

Insert a screwdriver into the cage clamp terminals ➀ and secure the wires with wire end sleeves in the terminalcontacts ➁ as shown in the image below. Close the terminal contact by removing the screwdriver.Observe the pinout of the power supply connection on the device during wiring!

DC power cable24 VDC

0 VDC

Terminal block

Cage clamp terminals

Terminal contacts

Functional ground

Installing a cage clamp terminal block

Figure 22: Installing a cage clamp terminal block

Page 105: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • Connecting to the power grid

Cha

pter

3C

omm

issi

onin

g

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 105

2.2 Connecting the power supply to a B&R device

Danger!The power supply to the B&R device must be completely interrupted. Before connecting the powercable, it is necessary to check whether it has been disconnected from the power source (e.g. powersupply).

1. Discharge any electrostatic charge on the housing or ground connection.2. Connect the power supply connector to the B&R device and tighten the mounting screws (max. tightening

torque 0.5 Nm).

Figure 23: Connecting the power supply connector to a B&R device

2.3 Grounding concept - Functional ground

Functional ground is a current path of low impedance between electrical circuits and ground. It is used to improveimmunity to interference, for example, and not necessarily as a protective measure. It therefore serves only toconduct interference, not to provide any kind of protection against electric shock.This device comes equipped with 2 functional ground connections:

• Power supply• Ground connection

To ensure the safe conductance of electrical interference, the following points must be observed:

• The device must be connected to the central grounding point in the control cabinet using the shortest routepossible.

• A cable with a minimum cross section of 2.5 mm² per connection must be used. If a cable with wire endsleeves is connected to terminal block 0TB103.9 or 0TB103.91, then a cable with maximum 1.5 mm² perconnection is possible.

• Observe the line shielding concept. All data cables connected to the device must be shielded.

The following symbol is used to indicate functional ground on the B&R device:

Control cabinet

Grounding rail

Power supplyGround connection

Min. 2.5 mm²

Min. 1.5 mm²

Page 106: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • Cable connections

106 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3 Cable connections

The bend radius specifications must be taken into account when installing or connecting cables.

Information:The maximum tightening torque for the locating screws is 0.5 Nm.

Bend radius

Locating screws

Locating screws

Figure 24: Bend radius - Cable connection

Information:For the specified bend radius, see the technical data for the respective cable.

Page 107: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • Switching on the device for the first time

Cha

pter

3C

omm

issi

onin

g

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 107

4 Switching on the device for the first time

4.1 General information before switching on the device

Checklist

The following items must be checked before the device is put into service for the first time:

• Have the installation notes specified in "Installation" on page been observed?• Have the permissible environmental conditions for the device been taken into account?• Is the power supply connected correctly, and have the values been checked?• Is the ground cable connected correctly to the ground connection?• The device must first be put into service before additional hardware is installed.

Caution!Before the device is put into service, it must slowly be acclimated to room temperature! Subjecting itto thermal radiation is not permitted.If transported at low temperatures or if there are large temperature fluctuations, the device is not per-mitted to be subjected to any type of moisture.Moisture can cause short circuits in the electrical circuits and damages the device.

Requirements

The following requirements must be met before switching on the device for the first time:

• The functional ground connections are as short as possible and connected to the central grounding pointusing the largest possible wire cross section.

• All connection cables are connected correctly.• A USB keyboard and USB mouse are connected (optional).

4.2 Switching on the device

Procedure1. Connect and switch on the power supply.2. The device is in service and booting; LED "Power" is lit.

Page 108: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • General instructions for performing temperature testing

108 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5 General instructions for performing temperature testing

The purpose of these instructions is to explain general procedures for performing application-specific temperaturetesting on B&R industrial PCs or Power Panels. These instructions only represent guidelines, however.

5.1 Procedure

In order to obtain accurate results, test conditions should match conditions in the field. This means that for theduration of the temperature tests, the target application should be running, the PC should be installed in the controlcabinet that will be used later, etc.In addition, a temperature sensor should be installed for the device being tested to constantly monitor the ambienttemperature. In order to obtain correct values, it should be placed at a distance of approx. 5 to 10 cm from the B&Rindustrial PC near the air intake (not near the exhaust).Every B&R industrial PCs and Power Panel is equipped with internal temperature sensors. They are positionedin different locations depending on the device family. Their number as well as the temperature limits also varydepending on the device family.For information about the location of temperature sensors as well as their maximum specified temperatures, seesection "Temperature sensor positions" in 2 "Technical data".A minimum testing time of 8 hours is recommended for an optimal determination and assessment of the temperaturesituation.

5.2 Evaluating temperatures in Windows operating systems

5.2.1 Evaluating with the B&R Control Center

The B&R Control Center can be used to evaluate temperatures. The temperatures can be viewed on the "Tem-peratures" tab. The B&R Control Center is available for download at no cost in the Downloads section of the B&Rwebsite (www.br-automation.com). The B&R Control Center uses the B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI).

Figure 25: Temperature values in the Control Center

A separate application can be developed if it is necessary to collect historical data.

Information:Software development kits such as the ADI .NET SDK are available on the B&R website (www.br-au-tomation.com) for developing a separate application.

Page 109: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • General instructions for performing temperature testing

Cha

pter

3C

omm

issi

onin

g

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 109

5.2.2 Evaluating with the BurnInTest tool from PassMark

If a separate application is not developed or used to evaluate the temperature, then B&R recommends using theBurnInTest software tool from PassMark.Standard and professional versions of BurnInTest are available. In addition to the software package, there arealso various loopback adapters (serial, parallel, USB, etc.) and test CDs/DVDs available. A corresponding loadcan be generated on the system and peripheral devices based on the extent of the software and existing loopbackadapters.

Information:Loopback adapters are also available from PassMark. For more information, see www.passmark.com.

The following screenshots are based on PassMark BurnInTest Pro V7.1 using an APC3100 without IF options.

Figure 26: Settings for PassMark BurnInTest Pro V7.1 using an APC3100 without IF options

Figure 27: Test overview of an APC3100 without IF options

Test properties may need to be fine-tuned depending on the availability of loopback adapters and DVDs.

Page 110: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Commissioning • General instructions for performing temperature testing

110 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Information:USB flash drives can also be used if no USB loopback adapters are available. The USB flash drivesmust be available in Windows as formatted drives. The test USB must then be deselected, and the USBflash drives must be configured as the testing device in the disk properties.

Information:Serial loopback adapters are relatively easy to create. Simply connect some pins on the serial interfacewith wires.

5.3 Evaluating temperatures in non-Windows operating systems

For applications that do not run in Windows, temperatures can be evaluated using the B&R implementation guide.In addition to the implementation guide, programs in MS-DOS are also available.The implementation guide only describes device-specific functions, not the main functions of the sample programs.If code from the sample programs is used, it is important to take into account the notes in the implementation guideregarding TODO comments, I/O access functions, etc.

Information:Sample programs and implementation guides for every B&R industrial PCs or Power Panels can bedownloaded at no cost from the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

5.4 Evaluating the measurement results

The maximum temperature value recorded by each sensor is not permitted to exceed the temperature limits spec-ified in the user's manuals.If the temperature tests cannot be performed in a climate chamber, they can be performed in an office environment,for example. It is necessary to measure the ambient temperature in this case, however. Experience at B&R hasshown that temperature values measured on passive systems (systems without a fan kit) can be calculated linearlybased on the ambient temperature. In order to calculate temperature values for systems with a fan kit, the fansmust be running. It is also important to take speed, etc. into account.If the temperature tests are performed in a climate-controlled chamber with fans, the fans will cool the devicesbeing tested and distort the results. The measurement results for passive devices are therefore unusable. In orderto be able to still perform temperature tests in climate-controlled chambers with fans without distorting the results,the fans in the climate chamber must be switched off and a sufficient amount of time (several hours) observedbefore beginning the test.

Page 111: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB

Cha

pter

4So

ftwar

e

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 111

Chapter 4 • Software

1 Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB

1.1 General information

Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB is the successor to Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2015 LTSB and basedon new Windows 10 technology. This operating system also provides a high degree of protection for industrialapplications with additional lockdown functions. Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB is a version of Windows10 Enterprise specifically developed for use in industrial applications (Long-Term Servicing Branch).

1.2 APC3100 - Order data

Model number Short description FigureWindows 10 IoT Enterprise

5SWW10.0653-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - Value - Multilin-gual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (UEFI boot) - License (without Re-covery DVD) - Only available with a new device

5SWW10.0753-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - High End - Mul-tilingual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (UEFI boot) - License (withoutRecovery DVD) - Only available with a new device

5SWW10.0655-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - Value - Multilin-gual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (legacy BIOS boot) - License (with-out Recovery DVD) - Only available with a new device

5SWW10.0755-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - High End - Mul-tilingual - APC3100 Kaby Lake (legacy BIOS boot) - License(without Recovery DVD) - Only available with a new deviceOptional accessoriesWindows 10 IoT Enterprise

5SWW10.0800-MUL Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB - 64-bit - Language PackDVD

Table 120: 5SWW10.0653-MUL, 5SWW10.0753-MUL, 5SWW10.0655-MUL, 5SWW10.0755-MUL - Order data

1.3 APC3100 - Overview

Model number Edition Target system Chipset Architecture Language Minimum disk size Minimum RAM re-quired

5SWW10.0653-MUL Value APC3100 Kaby Lake 64-bit (UEFIboot)

Multilingual 20 GB 1) 2 GB 2)

5SWW10.0753-MUL High End APC3100 Kaby Lake 64-bit (UEFIboot)

Multilingual 20 GB 1) 2 GB 2)

5SWW10.0655-MUL Value APC3100 Kaby Lake 64-Bit (legacyBIOS boot)

Multilingual 20 GB 1) 2 GB 2)

5SWW10.0755-MUL High End APC3100 Kaby Lake 64-Bit (legacyBIOS boot)

Multilingual 20 GB 1) 2 GB 2)

1) The memory space required by additional language packs is not taken into account in the minimum size specified for the data storage device.2) The specified memory size is the minimum requirement according to Microsoft. B&R recommends at least 4 GB RAM when using 64-bit operating systems,

however.

1.4 Features with Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB

The list of features shows the most important device functions included in Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB.Function Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSBRange of functions of Windows 10 Enterprise ✓Internet Explorer 11, including Enterprise Mode ✓Multi-touch support ✓Multilingual support After installation using language pack DVDs (default language is English)Page file Configurable (disabled in image by default by the UWF)Hibernate file Configurable (disabled in image by default)System restore Configurable (disabled in image by default by the UWF)SuperFetch Configurable (disabled in image by default by the UWF)File indexing service Configurable (disabled in image by default by the UWF)Fast boot Configurable (disabled in image by default by the UWF)Defragmentation service ✓ (disabled when enabling the UWF)Additional embedded lockdown functions

Table 121: Features with Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB.

Page 112: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB

112 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Function Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSBAssigned access ConfigurableAppLocker ConfigurableShell Launcher ConfigurableUnified Write Filter ✓Keyboard Filter Configurable

Table 121: Features with Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB.

1.5 Installation

B&R preinstalls Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB on a suitable data storage device (64-bit: minimum 20GB). When switched on for the first time, the system runs through the out-of-box experience (OOBE), which allowsdifferent settings to be made (e.g. language, region, keyboard layout, computer name, username, etc.).Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB can be installed on APC3100 and PPC3100 devices in UEFI or legacyBIOS mode. In UEFI mode, the data storage device containing the Windows partition is formatted with a GUIDPartition Table (GPT) file system. For other drives, it is possible to use either the GPT or Master Boot Record(MBR) file format. A GPT drive can have up to 128 partitions.Note when backing up or restoring the installation that the GPT file system must be supported by the softwarebeing used.

1.6 Drivers

The operating system contains all drivers necessary for operation. If an older driver version is installed, the latestversion of it can be downloaded and installed from the B&R website (www.br-automation.com). Note that the UnifiedWrite Filter (UWF) must be disabled for this.

Information:Only download necessary drivers from the B&R website, not from vendor websites.

1.7 Activation

Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB must be activated like its predecessor, Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2015LTSB. This has already been done at B&R.The activation status can be checked in the Control Panel:

Page 113: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

Cha

pter

4So

ftwar

e

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 113

The activation performed by B&R is supported by special B&R extensions in the operating system and theoreticallyshould not be lost when modifying hardware (e.g. replacing components in the event of repair) or, in contrast toWindows 10 IoT 2015 LTSB, when reinstalling the system (subject to technical changes by Microsoft).

Information:A product key does not have to be entered for activation.

1.8 Issues and limitations

• Unlike the standard Windows 10 Enterprise edition, Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB does not includeapplications such as Cortana, the Microsoft Edge browser or the Microsoft Store.

• The LTSB version is based on Windows 10 Build 14393 and does not contain any feature updates.

The version installed by B&R includes settings that have been optimized for industrial environments. These aredescribed in detail in the "Windows 10 IoT 2016 LTSB working guide". It can be downloaded at no cost from theDownloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com) (login required).

Information:As a result of these settings and the features that are excluded from the LTSB version, the system willbehave differently than a standard Windows 10 Enterprise installation.

1.9 Supported display resolutions

In accordance with Microsoft requirements, Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB requires SVGA resolution (800x 600) or higher in order to fully operate the Windows user interface (including system dialog boxes, apps, etc.).A lower resolution can be selected for applications.

2 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

The Automation Device Interface (ADI) makes it possible access specific functions of B&R devices. In Windows,the settings for these devices can be viewed and modified using the B&R Control Center applet in the Control Panel.

Page 114: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

114 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Figure 28: ADI Control Center screenshots - Examples

Information:The temperature and voltage values (e.g. CPU temperature, core voltage, battery voltage) displayed inthe corresponding ADI window represent uncalibrated values for informational purposes. They cannotbe used to draw conclusions about possible hardware alarms or error states. The hardware compo-nents being used include automatic diagnostic functions in the event of error.

2.1 Functions

Information:The functions provided by the Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center depend on the devicefamily.

• Changing display-specific parameters• Reading device-specific keys• Updating the key configuration• Enabling device-specific LEDs on a membrane keypad or keys• Reading and calibrating control devices (e.g. key switches, handwheels, joysticks, potentiometers)• Reading temperatures, fan speeds, statistical data and switch positions• Reading operating hours (power-on hours)• Reading user settings and factory settings• Reading software versions• Updating and backing up BIOS and firmware• Creating reports about the current system (support assistance)• Setting the SDL equalizer value when adjusting SDL cables• Changing the user serial ID

The following systems are supported:

Page 115: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

Cha

pter

4So

ftwar

e

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 115

• Automation Panel 800• Automation Panel 830• Automation Panel 900• Automation Panel 9x3• Automation Panel 9xD• Automation Panel 1000• Automation Panel 5000• Automation PC 510• Automation PC 511• Automation PC 620• Automation PC 810• Automation PC 820• Automation PC 910• Automation PC 2100• Automation PC 3100• Mobile Panel 100/200• Mobile Panel 40/50• Mobile Panel 7100• Panel PC 300• Panel PC 700• Panel PC 725• Panel PC 800• Panel PC 900• Panel PC 2100• Panel PC 3100• Power Panel 100/200• Power Panel 300/400• Power Panel 500

2.2 Installation

For a detailed description of the Control Center, see Automation Help or the user documentation (depends on theversion). The B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) driver (also includes the Control Center) and user documen-tation can be downloaded at no cost from the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

1. Download and unzip the ZIP archive.2. Close all applications.3. Launch file Setup.exe (e.g. double-click on it in Explorer).

Information:The ADI driver is included in most B&R Windows operating systems; it can also be installed on demand.If a more current ADI driver version exists (see the Downloads section of the B&R website), it can beinstalled later. Note that the Enhanced Write Filter (EWF) must be disabled during installation.

Page 116: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) Development Kit

116 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

3 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) Development Kit

This software can be used to access B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) functions directly from Windowsapplications created in Microsoft Visual Studio, for example.

Figure 29: ADI Development Kit Screenshots (Symbolfoto)

Features:

• Header files and import libraries• Help files• Sample projects• ADI DLL (for testing applications if no ADI driver is installed)

The following systems are supported (V4.00 and later):

• Automation Panel 800• Automation Panel 830 (supported up to V3.90)• Automation Panel 900• Automation Panel 9x3• Automation Panel 9xD• Automation Panel 1000• Automation Panel 5000• Automation PC 510• Automation PC 511• Automation PC 620• Automation PC 810• Automation PC 820• Automation PC 910• Automation PC 2100• Automation PC 3100• Mobile Panel 100/200 (supported up to V3.80)• Mobile Panel 40/50• Mobile Panel 7100• Panel PC 300• Panel PC 700

Page 117: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) Development Kit

Cha

pter

4So

ftwar

e

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 117

• Panel PC 800• Panel PC 900• Panel PC 2100• Panel PC 3100• Power Panel 100/200 (supported up to V3.80)• Power Panel 300/400• Power Panel 500

The appropriate ADI driver must be installed for the specified product family. The ADI driver is already included inthe embedded operating system images from B&R.For a detailed description of how to use ADI functions, see Automation Help.The B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) Development Kit can be downloaded at no cost from the Downloadssection of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Page 118: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK

118 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

4 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK

This software can be used to access B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) functions directly from .NET applica-tions created using Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 or later.System requirements:

• Development system: PC with Windows 7 or later and

° Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 (or later)° Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 (or later)

Figure 30: ADI .NET SDK screenshots

Features:

• ADI .NET class library for .NET 3.5 and .NET 4.0.• Help files in HTML Help 1.0 format (.chm file) and MS Help Viewer format (.mshc file). (The help documen-

tation is in English.)• Sample projects and code snippets.• ADI DLL (for testing applications if no ADI driver is installed).

The following systems are supported (V2.40 and later):

• Automation Panel 800• Automation Panel 830 (supported up to V2.30)• Automation Panel 900• Automation Panel 9x3• Automation Panel 9xD• Automation Panel 1000• Automation Panel 5000• Automation PC 510• Automation PC 511• Automation PC 620• Automation PC 810• Automation PC 820• Automation PC 910• Automation PC 2100• Automation PC 3100• Mobile Panel 100/200 (supported up to V2.20)

Page 119: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK

Cha

pter

4So

ftwar

e

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 119

• Mobile Panel 40/50• Mobile Panel 7100• Panel PC 300• Panel PC 700• Panel PC 800• Panel PC 900• Panel PC 2100• Panel PC 3100• Power Panel 100/200 (supported up to V2.20)• Power Panel 300/400• Power Panel 500

The appropriate ADI driver must be installed for the specified product family. The ADI driver is already included inthe embedded operating system images from B&R.For a detailed description of how to use ADI functions, see Automation Help.The ADI .NET SDK can be downloaded at no cost from the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Page 120: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Key Editor

120 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5 B&R Key Editor

A common panel requirement is to adapt function keys and LEDs directly to the application software. The B&R KeyEditor makes this individual adaptation to the application quick and easy.

Figure 31: B&R Key Editor screenshots

Features:• Configuration of normal keyboard keys (A, B, C, etc.)• Keyboard shortcuts (CTRL+C, SHIFT+DEL, etc.) using a single key• Special key functions (change brightness, etc.)• Assignment of functions to LEDs (HDD access, power, etc.)• 4 assignments possible per key (using layers)• Configuration of the panel locking time when connecting multiple Automation Panel devices to Automation

PCs and Panel PCs.

The following systems are supported (V4.10):• Automation PC 510• Automation PC 511• Automation PC 620• Automation PC 810• Automation PC 820• Automation PC 910• Automation PC 2100• Automation PC 3100• Automation Panel 800

Page 121: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R Key Editor

Cha

pter

4So

ftwar

e

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 121

• Automation Panel 830• Automation Panel 900• Automation Panel 9x3• Automation Panel 9xD• Automation Panel 1000• Automation Panel 5000• IPC2000, IPC2001, IPC2002 (supported up to V3.90)• IPC5000, IPC5600 (supported up to V3.90)• IPC5000C, IPC5600C (supported up to V3.90)• Mobile Panel 40/50• Mobile Panel 100/200 (supported up to V3.90)• Panel PC 300• Panel PC 700• Panel PC 800• Panel PC 900• Panel PC 2100• Panel PC 3100• Power Panel 100/200 (supported up to V3.90)• Power Panel 300/400• Power Panel 500

For a detailed guide on configuring keys and LEDs as well as installing the key configuration on the target system,see the help documentation for the B&R Key Editor. The B&R Key Editor and its help documentation can bedownloaded at no cost from the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Page 122: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • B&R KCF Editor

122 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

6 B&R KCF Editor

The B&R KCF Editor can be used as a simple alternative to B&R Key Editor. This tool also allows function keysand LEDs to be adapted to the application software. Unlike the B&R Key Editor, operation takes place in a simpleWindows dialog box instead of on a visual representation of the device. This makes it possible to use the B&R KCFEditor for devices that are not yet supported by the B&R Key Editor. The B&R KCF Editor is a portable applicationand can be launched on the target device without prior installation (directly from a USB flash drive, for example).An installed ADI driver is required to use the software's full range of functions.

Figure 32: B&R KCF Editor V1.0 screenshot

Features• Configuration of normal keyboard keys (A, B, C, etc.)• Special key functions (change brightness, etc.)• Assignment of functions to LEDs (HDD access, power, etc.)• 4 assignments possible per key (using layers)• Configuration of the panel locking time when connecting multiple Automation Panel devices to B&R PCs.• Exporting and importing configurations (INI files)• Saving configurations as a report (text file)

Additional features if the B&R KCF Editor is executed on the target device3)

• Panel and key detection• LED test• Configuration uploads/downloads

The following systems are supported (V1.0)• Automation PCs• Panel PCs• Automation Panels• Power Panels• Mobile panels

For a detailed guide on configuring keys and LEDs, see the user's manual for the B&R KCF Editor. The B&RKCF Editor and its user's manual can be downloaded at no cost from the Downloads section of the B&R website(www.br-automation.com).

3) The ADI driver must be installed on the B&R PC to use these features.

Page 123: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Software • HMI Service Center

Cha

pter

4So

ftwar

e

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 123

7 HMI Service Center

7.1 5SWUTI.0001-000

7.1.1 General information

The HMI Service Center is software for testing B&R industrial PCs and Automation Panels. Various categoriessuch as COM interfaces, network connectivity and SRAM are tested.The test system consists of a USB flash drive with an installed Windows PE operating system and the HMI ServiceCenter.For details about the HMI Service Center, see the HMI Service Center user's manual. This can be downloaded atno cost from the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

7.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureAccessories

5SWUTI.0001-000 HMI Service Center USB flash drive - Hardware diagnosticsoftware - For APC810/PPC800 - For APC910/PPC900 - ForAPC2100/PPC2100 - For APC51x/PP500 - For AutomationPanel 800/900

Table 122: 5SWUTI.0001-000 - Order data

Information:The Automation PC 3100 and Panel PC 3100 are supported starting with revision D0 of the HMI ServiceCenter USB flash drive.

Page 124: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

124 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Chapter 5 • Standards and certifications

1 Standards and guidelines

1.1 CE marking

All guidelines applicable to the product and their harmonized EN standards are ful-filled.

1.2 EMC directive

These products meet the requirements of EU directive "Electromagnetic compatibility2014/30/EU" and are de-signed for industrial use:

EN 61131-2:2007 Programmable logic controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and testsEN 61000-6 -2:2005 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for in-

dustrial environmentsEN 61000-6 -4:2007 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission stan-

dard for industrial environments

Information:Declarations of conformity are available on the B&R website under Downloads - Certificates - Decla-rations of conformity.

2 Certifications

Danger!A complete system can only receive certification if ALL of the individual components installed thereinhave the corresponding certifications. If an individual component is used that DOES NOT have a cor-responding certification, then the complete system also DOES NOT have certification.

Products and services from B&R comply with applicable standards. This includes international standards fromorganizations such as ISO, IEC and CENELEC, as well as national standards from organizations such as UL, CSA,FCC, VDE, ÖVE, etc. We are committed to ensuring the reliability of our products in industrial environments.

Information:Applicable certifications for the respective product are available on the website, under section "Certi-fications" of the technical data in the user's manual or in the associated certificates.

2.1 UL certification

Products with this mark are tested by Underwriters Laboratories and listed as "indus-trial control equipment". This mark is valid for the USA and Canada and simplifies thecertification of your machines and manufacturing systems in this economic region.

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) per standards UL 61010-1 and UL 61010-2-201Canadian (CSA) standard per C22.2 No. 61010-1-12 and CSA C22.2 No.61010-2-201:14

UL certificates are available on the B&R website under Downloads - Certificates - UL.

Ind.Cont.Eq.E115267

Page 125: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

Cha

pter

5St

anda

rds

and

certi

ficat

ions

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 125

2.2 EAC

Products with this mark are tested by an accredited testing laboratory and permittedfor import to the Eurasian Economic Union (based on EU compliance).

2.3 KC

Products with this mark are tested by an accredited testing laboratory and permittedfor import to the Korean market (based on EU compliance).

2.4 RCM

Products with this mark are tested by an accredited testing laboratory and certified bythe ACMA. This mark is valid in Australia/Oceania and simplifies the certification ofyour machines and systems in this economic region (based on EU compliance).

Page 126: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

126 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5 UL Haz. Loc. certification

Products with this mark are tested by Underwriters Laboratories and listed as "indus-trial control equipment for use in hazardous locations". This mark is valid for the USAand Canada and simplifies the certification of your machines and manufacturing sys-tems in this economic region.

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) per standard ANSI/ISA 12.12.01Canadian (CSA) standard per C22.2 No. 213-16

UL HazLoc certificates are available on the B&R website under Downloads - Certifi-cates - HazLoc.

Ind.Cont.Eq.for Haz.Locs.Cl. I, Div. 2,Groups ABCDE180196 (T4)

2.5.1 General safety guidelines

APC3100 systems that are certified for use in potentially explosive atmospheres and bear the mark above aresuitable for use in Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D or in nonexplosive atmospheres and correspond tothe following standards: UL Std. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, ANSI/ISA 12.12.01:2015, CSA Std. C22.2 No. 61010-1-12,3rd Edition, CSA Std. C22.2 No. 213-16.

2.5.2 Mounting and installation

Devices with explosion protection are to be used as intended and are only permitted to be operated by knowledge-able and qualified personnel according to these operating instructions and the additional information containedin the user's manual. Operation in any other way endangers the safety and functionality of the devices and con-nected systems. The operator is responsible for observing all applicable safety regulations, accident preventionregulations and standards.Devices must be installed in a suitable protective housing that can only be opened with the assistance of a tool. Inorder to ensure sufficient air circulation, the specified clearance values must be observed. Usage is only permittedin environments with pollution degree 2. The maximum ambient temperature varies depending on the individualcomponents being used, see section "Temperature specifications" on page 23.The certification mark on the device must be checked before each installation or use of a device in potentiallyexplosive atmospheres. Additional equipment must be suitable for the site of operation. The final assembly mustbe approved by the responsible local authorities. Wiring must be performed in accordance with national regulationsand the requirements of the authorities.Devices must remain voltage-free until installation work is completed. The tightening torque for power supply ter-minals is 0.5 Nm. Cables must be suitable for a surface temperature of 75°C. PPC3100 systems are only permittedto be operated with 24 VDC.Unshielded/Ungrounded cables are not permitted to be used in potentially explosive atmospheres under any cir-cumstances. Devices must be securely connected to the potential equalization terminal. Power supply, communi-cation and accessory cables must be secured on the device or control cabinet. Power supply, communication andaccessory cables are not permitted to exert excessive strain on connections. This must take into account possiblevibrations in the area.

2.5.3 Operation

To switch APC3100 systems on/off in a potentially explosive atmosphere, either a switch must be located outsidethe potentially explosive atmosphere or a switch certified for use in potentially explosive atmospheres must be used.

Danger!Explosion hazard: Accessories are not permitted to be connected or disconnected with voltage appliedunless the area is considered nonhazardous and is free of ignitable concentrations!Explosion hazard: Replacing components may impair eligibility for Class I, Division 2!

Page 127: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

Cha

pter

5St

anda

rds

and

certi

ficat

ions

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 127

Danger !Risque d'explosion – Ne pas connecter ou déconnecter un quelconque équipement lorsque le circuitest sous tension, à moins que la zone soit connue comme étant sans risque et sans concentrationsinflammables!Risque d'explosion – Le remplacement de composants peut compromettre l’aptitude au respect de laClasse I, Division 2!

With the exception of USB dongle 0TG1000.01 or in accordance with the requirements listed in "USB connectionwith the Automation PC 3100" and "USB connection with optional DisplayPort graphics option", USB interfaces arenot certified for operation in potentially explosive areas and are only permitted to be used for service purposes.

2.5.4 Servicing, disturbances and removal

Devices must be switched off and protected against accidental startup. A suitable voltmeter must be used to checkthat the power supply has been cut off.Before removing or installing accessories, components or cables, the power supply to APC3100 systems andpower supplies must be interrupted. Defective devices are only permitted to be replaced by knowledgeable andqualified personnel. Before switching on or connecting to the power supply, all covers and system componentsmust be reinstalled and secured.

Danger!Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury or damage to property!

Danger !Le non-respect de ces instructions peut entraîner des blessures graves ou mortelles!

Page 128: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

128 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.5 USB connection with the Automation PC 3100

2.5.5.1 Introduction

The information below describes the use of USB peripheral devices on USB interfaces 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the B&RAutomation PC 3100 in hazardous locations Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D.

Danger!DANGER OF EXPLOSION• Before installation or use in a potentially explosive atmosphere, the explosion protection class

of the device must be checked per ANSI/ISA 12.12.01 and CSA C22.2 No. 213.• The following must be used to switch on/off B&R devices installed in a potentially explosive

atmosphere:

° A switch outside the potentially explosive atmosphere, or° A switch that is certified in accordance with the hazardous location class and division

for "tube use"

• As long as the electrical circuit is activated, cables or wires are not permitted to be connected ordisconnected unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of vapors, gasesand other flammable or combustible materials. This applies to all connections and switches.This includes electrical, ground and network connections as well as series and parallel con-nections.

• Unshielded/Ungrounded cables are not permitted to be used in potentially explosive atmos-pheres under any circumstances.

• Only configurations with nonincendive USB devices are permitted to be used.• Doors and openings on housings must remain closed. This prevents the accumulation of for-

eign bodies within the workstation.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury or damage to property!

2.5.5.2 Description

Nonincendive devices (keyboards, mouse) are certified for use on the rear USB interfaces of the B&R AutomationPC 3100 (connected device) and are permitted to be connected and disconnected during operation. In addition tothe nonincendive property, devices that can be connected to the 4 USB interfaces must meet the following criteria.The figure shows a sketch of the wiring of the USB cable:

9 8 7 6 5

1. Vcc2. D-3. D+4. GND5. StdA_SSRX-6. StdA_SSRX+7. GND_DRAIN8. StdA_SSTX-9. StdA_SSTX+Shield GND

Connected device

Class I, Division 2Group A, B, C, Dor non-hazardous location

Class I, Division 2Group A, B, C, D

Nonincendive devicewith field wiring

USB peripheraldevices

USB cables

USB 1 (3.0) pinout-4

The following tables indicate the nonincendive electrical circuit parameters:USB1, USB2, USB3 and USB4 interfaces (USB 3.0):No-load voltage [Voc] 5.0 VShort circuit current [Isc] 8.06 AAssociated capacitance [Ca] 20 μFAssociated inductance [La] 4.8 μH

Table 123: Nonincendive electrical circuit parameters for the USB1, USB2, USB3 and USB4 interfaces

Page 129: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

Cha

pter

5St

anda

rds

and

certi

ficat

ions

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 129

The entity concept allows interconnection of nonincendive devices with connected devices with not specificallyinspected combinations as a system. For this, the permissible values of Voc (or Uo) and Isc (or Io) for the connecteddevice must be less than or equal to Vmax (Ui) and Imax (Ii) for the nonincendive device, and the permissible valuesof Ca (Co) and La (Lo) for the connected device must be greater than or equal to Ci + CCable and Li + LCable for thenonincendive device with field wiring.The nonincendive device with field wiring must satisfy the following criteria:B&R device (connected device) - Connected nonincendive device with field wiring (mouse, keyboard)Voc ≤ Vmax

Isc ≤ Imax

Ca ≥ Ci + CCable

La ≥ Li + LCable

Table 124: Connected nonincendive device with field wiring

If the electrical parameters of the cable are unknown, the following values can be used:Where CCable = 196.85 pF/m (60 pF/ft), if unknown

Where LCable = 0.656 μH/m (0.20 μH/ft), if unknown

Wiring must be performed in accordance with national regulations and the requirements of the authorities.The B&R device must be installed in a suitable protective housing. For installations in Class I, Division 2 hazardouslocations, the housing must be capable of accepting one or more Division 2 wiring methods.

Warning!• Replacing components may impair eligibility for Division 2 hazardous (classified) locations.• The device is not permitted to be switched on or off if the area is known to represent an explo-

sion hazard.• The nonincendive device with field wiring is not permitted to be connected via a parallel con-

nection. This applies unless the device has received express approval for this.

This B&R device is suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D. In addition, it offers nonincendivefield wiring for devices in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D.

Page 130: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

130 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2.5.6 USB connection with optional DisplayPort graphics option

2.5.6.1 Introduction

The information below describes the use of USB peripheral devices on the USB interface of the DisplayPort graph-ics option in the B&R Automation PC 3100 in hazardous locations Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D.

Danger!DANGER OF EXPLOSION• Before installation or use in a potentially explosive atmosphere, the explosion protection class

of the device must be checked per ANSI/ISA 12.12.01 and CSA C22.2 No. 213.• The following must be used to switch on/off B&R devices installed in a potentially explosive

atmosphere:

° A switch outside the potentially explosive atmosphere, or° A switch that is certified in accordance with the hazardous location class and division

for "tube use"

• As long as the electrical circuit is activated, cables or wires are not permitted to be connected ordisconnected unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of vapors, gasesand other flammable or combustible materials. This applies to all connections and switches.This includes electrical, ground and network connections as well as series and parallel con-nections.

• Unshielded/Ungrounded cables are not permitted to be used in potentially explosive atmos-pheres under any circumstances.

• Only configurations with nonincendive USB devices are permitted to be used.• Doors and openings on housings must remain closed. This prevents the accumulation of for-

eign bodies within the workstation.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury or damage to property!

2.5.6.2 Description

Nonincendive devices (keyboards, mouse) are certified for use on the USB interface of the DisplayPort graphicsoption in the B&R Automation PC 3100 (connected device) and are permitted to be connected and disconnectedduring operation. In addition to the nonincendive property, devices that can be connected to the USB1 interfacemust meet the following criteria.The figure shows a sketch of the wiring of the USB cable:

1. Vcc2. D-3. D+4. GND

Shield. GND

Class I, Division 2Group A, B, C, Dor non-hazardous location

Class I, Division 2Group A, B, C, D

USB cables

Nonincendive devicewith field wiring

USB peripheraldevices

USB 1 (2.0) Pinout

Connected device

The following tables indicate the nonincendive electrical circuit parameters:USB1 interface (USB 3.0):No-load voltage [Voc] 5.0 VShort circuit current [Isc] 8.16 AAssociated capacitance [Ca] 20 μFAssociated inductance [La] 4.8 μH

Table 125: Nonincendive circuit parameters for the USB1 interface

Page 131: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Standards and certifications • Certifications

Cha

pter

5St

anda

rds

and

certi

ficat

ions

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 131

The entity concept allows interconnection of nonincendive devices with connected devices with not specificallyinspected combinations as a system. For this, the permissible values of Voc (or Uo) and Isc (or Io) for the connecteddevice must be less than or equal to Vmax (Ui) and Imax (Ii) for the nonincendive device, and the permissible valuesof Ca (Co) and La (Lo) for the connected device must be greater than or equal to Ci + CCable and Li + LCable for thenonincendive device with field wiring.The nonincendive device with field wiring must satisfy the following criteria:B&R device (connected device) - Connected nonincendive device with field wiring (mouse, keyboard)Voc ≤ Vmax

Isc ≤ Imax

Ca ≥ Ci + CCable

La ≥ Li + LCable

Table 126: Connected nonincendive device with field wiring

If the electrical parameters of the cable are unknown, the following values can be used:Where CCable = 196.85 pF/m (60 pF/ft), if unknown

Where LCable = 0.656 μH/m (0.20 μH/ft), if unknown

Wiring must be performed in accordance with national regulations and the requirements of the authorities.The B&R device must be installed in a suitable protective housing. For installations in Class I, Division 2 hazardouslocations, the housing must be capable of accepting one or more Division 2 wiring methods.

Warning!• Replacing components may impair eligibility for Division 2 hazardous (classified) locations.• The device is not permitted to be switched on or off if the area is known to represent an explo-

sion hazard.• The nonincendive device with field wiring is not permitted to be connected via a parallel con-

nection. This applies unless the device has received express approval for this.

This B&R device is suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D. In addition, it offers nonincendivefield wiring for devices in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D.

Page 132: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Power connectors

132 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Chapter 6 • Accessories

The functionality of the following accessories has been tested and approved by B&R in connection with this device.Nevertheless, there may be possible limitations with regard to operation with other individual components as partof the complete system. For the operation of the complete system, all individual specifications of the componentsmust be observed.All components listed in this manual have been subjected to extensive system and compatibility testing and ap-proved accordingly. B&R cannot guarantee the functionality of non-approved accessories.

1 Power connectors

1.1 0TB103.9x

1.1.1 General information

This 1-row, 3-pin 0TB103 terminal block is used for the power supply.

1.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureAccessories

0TB103.9 Connector 24 VDC - 3-pin female - Screw clamp terminal block3.31 mm²

0TB103.91 Connector 24 VDC - 3-pin female - Cage clamp terminal block3.31 mm²

Table 127: 0TB103.9, 0TB103.91 - Order data

1.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 0TB103.9 0TB103.91General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T41)

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)

Terminal blockNote Protected against vibration by the screw flange

Nominal values per ULNumber of pins 3 (female)Type of terminal block Screw clamp terminal block Cage clamp terminal block 2)

Cable type Only copper wires (no aluminum wires!)Distance between contacts 5.08 mm

Table 128: 0TB103.9, 0TB103.91 - Technical data

Page 133: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Power connectors

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 133

Model number 0TB103.9 0TB103.91Connection cross section

AWG wire 26 to 14 AWG 26 to 12 AWGWire end sleeves with plastic covering 0.20 to 1.50 mm²Solid wires 0.20 to 2.50 mm²Fine strand wires 0.20 to 1.50 mm² 0.20 to 2.50 mm²With wire end sleeves 0.20 to 1.50 mm²

Tightening torque 0.4 Nm -Electrical characteristicsNominal voltage 300 VNominal current 3) 10 A / contactContact resistance ≤5 mΩOperating conditionsDegree of pollution in accordance with EN 61131 Pollution degree 2

Table 128: 0TB103.9, 0TB103.91 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) Cage clamp terminal blocks cannot be used side-by-side.3) The respective limit data for the I/O modules must be taken into account.

Page 134: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Terminal block ready relay

134 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

2 Terminal block ready relay

2.1 0TB2104.8000

2.1.1 General information

This 1-row, 4-pin TB2104 terminal block is used for ready relay 5AC901.IRDY-00.

2.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureTerminal blocks

0TB2104.8000 Connector 24 VDC - 4-pin female - Screw clamp terminal block2.5 mm²

Table 129: 0TB2104.8000 - Order data

2.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 0TB2104.8000General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentTerminal blockNote Nominal values according to ULNumber of pins 4 (female)Type of terminal block Screw clamp terminal blockCable type Only copper wires (no aluminum wires!)Distance between contacts 5.08 mmConnection cross section

AWG wire 26 to 14 AWGWire end sleeves with plastic covering 0.2 to 1.5 mm²Solid wires 0.2 to 2.5 mm²Fine strand wires 0.2 to 1.5 mm²With wire end sleeves 0.2 to 1.5 mm²

Electrical characteristicsNominal voltage 300 VNominal current 1) 10 AOperating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2

Table 130: 0TB2104.8000 - Technical data

1) The respective limit data of the IF option must be taken into account!

Page 135: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Replacement CMOS batteries

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 135

3 Replacement CMOS batteries

3.1 0AC201.91 / 4A0006.00-000

3.1.1 General information

This lithium battery is needed to store BIOS CMOS data and power the real-time clock (RTC).The battery is subject to wear and must be replaced when the battery power is low (state "Bad").

3.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureBatteries

0AC201.91 Lithium batteries 4 pcs., 3 V / 950 mAh button cell4A0006.00-000 Lithium battery, 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell

Table 131: 0AC201.91, 4A0006.00-000 - Order data

3.1.3 Technical data

Warning!The battery is only permitted to be replaced by a Renata CR2477N battery. The use of another batterymay present a fire or explosion hazard.The battery can explode if handled improperly. Do not recharge, disassemble or dispose of the batteryin fire.

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 0AC201.91 4A0006.00-000General informationStorage time Max. 3 years at 30°CCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentElectrical characteristicsCapacity 950 mAhSelf-discharging <1% per year (at 23°C)Voltage range 3 VOperating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Environmental conditionsTemperature

Storage -20 to 60°CRelative humidity

Operation 0 to 95%Storage 0 to 95%Transport 0 to 95%

Table 132: 0AC201.91, 4A0006.00-000 - Technical data

Page 136: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • USB flash drives

136 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

4 USB flash drives

4.1 5MMUSB.xxxx-01

4.1.1 General information

USB flash drives are easily exchangeable data storage devices. Because of their high-speed data transfer (USB2.0), USB flash drives are ideal for use as portable storage media. Without additional drivers ("hot plugging", exceptin Windows 98SE), the USB flash drive is immediately registered as a drive for reading and writing data.

Information:Due to the large number of USB flash drives available on the market as well as their short productlifecycle, we reserve the right to provide alternative products. The following measures may thereforebe necessary in order to also boot from these USB flash drives:

• The USB flash drive must be reformatted or in some cases also repartitioned (set partition asactive).

• The USB flash drive must be in the first position of the BIOS boot order; alternatively, the IDEcontrollers can be disabled in BIOS. This can be avoided in most cases if command "fdisk /mbr" is additionally executed on the USB flash drive.

4.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUSB accessories

5MMUSB.2048-01 USB 2.0 flash drive 2048 MB B&R5MMUSB.4096-01 USB 2.0 flash drive 4096 MB B&R

Table 133: 5MMUSB.2048-01, 5MMUSB.4096-01 - Order data

4.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5MMUSB.2048-01 5MMUSB.4096-01General informationCapacity 2 GB 4 GBLED status indicators 1 LED (green) 1)

MTBF >3,000,000 hoursType USB 1.1, USB 2.0Maintenance NoneDefault file system FAT32Certification

CE YesGOST-R Yes

InterfacesUSB

Type USB 1.1, USB 2.0Connection To any USB type A interfaceTransfer rate Low speed (1.5 Mbit/s), full speed (12 Mbit/s), high speed (480 Mbit/s)Sequential reading Full speed max. 1 MB/s,

high speed max. 32 MB/sSequential writing Full speed max. 0.9 MB/s,

high speed max. 23 MB/sEnduranceSLC flash YesData retention >10 yearsData reliability <1 unrecoverable error per 1014 bits readConnection cycles >1500

Table 134: 5MMUSB.2048-01, 5MMUSB.4096-01 - Technical data

Page 137: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • USB flash drives

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 137

Model number 5MMUSB.2048-01 5MMUSB.4096-01SupportOperating systems

Windows 7 YesWindows XP Professional YesWindows XP Embedded YesWindows ME YesWindows 2000 YesWindows CE 5.0 YesWindows CE 4.2 Yes

Electrical characteristicsCurrent consumption Max. 500 μA in sleep mode, max. 120 mA read/writeEnvironmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 70°CStorage -50 to 100°CTransport -50 to 100°C

Relative humidityOperation 85%, non-condensingStorage 85%, non-condensingTransport 85%, non-condensing

VibrationOperation 20 to 2000 Hz: 20 g (peak)Storage 20 to 2000 Hz: 20 g (peak)Transport 20 to 2000 Hz: 20 g (peak)

ShockOperation Max. 1500 g (peak)Storage Max. 1500 g (peak)Transport Max. 1500 g (peak)

ElevationOperation Max. 3048 mStorage Max. 12192 mTransport Max. 12192 m

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Width 17.97 mmLength 67.85 mmHeight 8.35 mm

Table 134: 5MMUSB.2048-01, 5MMUSB.4096-01 - Technical data

1) Indicates data transfer (receiving and transmitting).

4.1.4 Temperature/Humidity diagram

Temperature [°C]

Rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

RH

] (no

n-co

nden

sing

)

OperationStorageTransport

Figure 33: 5MMUSB.xxxx-01 - Temperature/Humidity diagram

Page 138: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • USB flash drives

138 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

4.2 5MMUSB.032G-02

4.2.1 General information

USB flash drives are easily exchangeable data storage devices. Because of their high-speed data transfer (USB3.0), USB flash drives are ideal for use as portable storage media. Without additional drivers ("hot plugging", exceptin Windows 98SE), the USB flash drive is immediately registered as a drive for reading and writing data. USB 3.0(XHCI) is supported starting with Windows 7 (USB 3.0 driver required).

Information:Due to the large number of USB flash drives available on the market as well as their short productlifecycle, we reserve the right to provide alternative products. The following measures may thereforebe necessary in order to also boot from these USB flash drives:

• The USB flash drive must be reformatted or in some cases also repartitioned (set partition asactive).

• The USB flash drive must be in the first position of the BIOS boot order; alternatively, the IDEcontrollers can be disabled in BIOS. This can be avoided in most cases if command "fdisk /mbr" is additionally executed on the USB flash drive.

4.2.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUSB accessories

5MMUSB.032G-02 USB 3.0 flash drive 32 GB MLC

Table 135: 5MMUSB.032G-02 - Order data

4.2.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5MMUSB.032G-02General informationCapacity 32 GBLED status indicators 1 LED (green) 1)

MTBF >3,000,000 hoursType USB 2.0, USB 3.0Maintenance NoneCertification

CE YesInterfacesUSB

Type USB 2.0, USB 3.0Connection To any USB type A interfaceTransfer rate High speed (480 Mbit/s) to SuperSpeed (4 Gbit/s)Sequential reading USB 3.0 max. 100 MB/sSequential writing USB 3.0 max. 50 MB/s

EnduranceMLC flash YesData reliability <1 unrecoverable error per 1014 bits readConnection cycles >1500Electrical characteristicsCurrent consumption Max. 67 mA in sleep mode, max. 122 mA read, max. 141 mA writeEnvironmental conditionsTemperature

Operation 0 to 70°CStorage -55 to 95°CTransport -55 to 95°C

Table 136: 5MMUSB.032G-02 - Technical data

Page 139: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • USB flash drives

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 139

Model number 5MMUSB.032G-02Relative humidity

Operation 10 to 95%, non-condensingStorage 10 to 95%, non-condensingTransport 10 to 95%, non-condensing

VibrationOperation 7 to 2000 Hz: 20 gStorage 7 to 2000 Hz: 20 gTransport 7 to 2000 Hz: 20 g

ShockOperation 1500g, 0.5 msStorage 1500g, 0.5 msTransport 1500g, 0.5 ms

ElevationOperation Max. 3048 mStorage Max. 12192 mTransport Max. 12192 m

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Width 16.58 mmLength 48.30 mmHeight 7.60 mm

Weight 10 gManufacturer informationManufacturer InnodiskManufacturer's product ID DEUA1-32GI61BCH88 (USB drive 3ME)

Table 136: 5MMUSB.032G-02 - Technical data

1) Indicates data transfer (receiving and transmitting).

4.2.4 Temperature/Humidity diagram

Temperature [°C]

Rel

ativ

e hu

mid

ity [%

RH

] (no

n-co

nden

sing

)

OperationStorageTransport

Figure 34: 5MMUSB.032G-02 - Temperature/Humidity diagram

Page 140: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

140 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5 Cables

5.1 SDL3/SDL4 cables

5.1.1 5CASD3.xxxx-00

5.1.1.1 General information

5CASD3.xxxx-00 SDL3/SLD4 cables are designed to transfer SDL3/SDL4 data and simplify cable installation. TheRJ45 connector allows these cables to be connected in very narrow spaces, for example in swing arm shafts.

Caution!The cable is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

5.1.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureSDL3/SDL4 cables

5CASD3.0030-00 SDL3 cable - 3 m5CASD3.0050-00 SDL3 cable - 5 m5CASD3.0100-00 SDL3 cable - 10 m5CASD3.0150-00 SDL3 cable - 15 m5CASD3.0200-00 SDL3 cable - 20 m5CASD3.0300-00 SDL3 cable - 30 m5CASD3.0500-00 SDL3 cable - 50 m5CASD3.1000-00 SDL3 cable - 100 m

Table 137: 5CASD3.0030-00, 5CASD3.0050-00, 5CASD3.0100-00, 5CASD3.0150-00,5CASD3.0200-00, 5CASD3.0300-00, 5CASD3.0500-00, 5CASD3.1000-00 - Order data

5.1.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CASD3.0030-00

5CASD3.0050-00

5CASD3.0100-00

5CASD3.0150-00

5CASD3.0200-00

5CASD3.0300-00

5CASD3.0500-00

5CASD3.1000-00

General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T41)

Cable constructionWire cross section 4x 2x 26/7 AWG 4x 2x 23/1 AWGFeatures Flame-retardant, halogen-free, lead-freeOuter sheathing

Material Polyurethane (PUR)Color Yellow, RAL 1021Labeling HARTING INDUSTRIAL CABLE S/FTP CAT 6A PUR 4x2xAWG26/7 HARTING INDUSTRIAL INSTALLATION

CABLE S/FTP CAT 7 PUR 4x2xAWG23/1Lines

Wire insulation Polyethylene (PE)Wire colors Green/White-green, orange/white-orange, blue/white-blue, brown/white-brownShield Aluminum foil and braided wire shield made of tinned copper wiresType Unprotected copper wire, 4x 2x 26/7 AWG Unprotected copper wire, 4x 2x 23/1 AWG

ConnectorType 2x RJ45, maleConnection cycles Min. 750Contacts 8Electrical characteristics 2)

Operating voltage ≤100 V ≤125 VConductor resistance ≤290 Ω/km ≤75 Ω/km

Table 138: 5CASD3.0030-00, 5CASD3.0050-00, 5CASD3.0100-00, 5CASD3.0150-00,5CASD3.0200-00, 5CASD3.0300-00, 5CASD3.0500-00, 5CASD3.1000-00 - Technical data

Page 141: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 141

Model number 5CASD3.0030-00

5CASD3.0050-00

5CASD3.0100-00

5CASD3.0150-00

5CASD3.0200-00

5CASD3.0300-00

5CASD3.0500-00

5CASD3.1000-00

Wave impedance 100 ±5 Ω (at 100 MHz)Transfer properties Category 6A / Class EA up to 500 MHz per ISO/IEC

11801 (EN 50173-1), ISO/IEC 24702 (EN 50173-3)Category 7 / Class F up to 600 MHzper ISO/IEC 11801 (EN 50173-1),

ISO/IEC 24702 (EN 50173-3)Insulation resistance ≥500 MΩ/km ≥5 GΩ/kmOperating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Flame-retardant IEC 60332-1-2Oil and hydrolysis resistance EN 60811-2-1 (90°C / 7x24 h)EN 60529 protection

Cables IP20RJ45 connector IP20, only when properly connected

Environmental conditionsTemperature

Storage -40 to 70°CFixed installation -40 to 70°CFlexible installation -40 to 70°C -10 to 50°C

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 3 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 50 m 100 mDiameter 6.7 mm 8.3 mm

Bend radiusFixed installation ≥5x diameter ≥4x diameterFlexible installation ≥10x diameter ≥8x diameter

Weight 250 g 500 g 700 g 950 g 2150 g 3500 g 6950 gTension

During operation ≤70 N ≤110 NDuring installation ≤70 N ≤110 N

Table 138: 5CASD3.0030-00, 5CASD3.0050-00, 5CASD3.0100-00, 5CASD3.0150-00,5CASD3.0200-00, 5CASD3.0300-00, 5CASD3.0500-00, 5CASD3.1000-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) At an ambient temperature of 20°C.

5.1.1.4 Bend radius specifications

Male connector

Bend radius

Male connector

Figure 35: SDL3 - Bend radius specifications

5.1.1.5 Dimensions

55

Length

Figure 36: 5CASD3.xxxx-00 - Dimensions

Page 142: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

142 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5.1.1.6 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

14

20

Pinout per TIA/EIA 568A

White (green)GreenWhite (orange)BlueWhite (blue)OrangeWhite (brown)Brown

Shield

Figure 37: 5CASD3.xxxx-00 - Pinout

5.1.1.7 Wiring

The following information and figure apply when using a field-assembled cable that is not directly connected to aB&R device, but to an RJ45 network interface (e.g. patch panel).Wiring must meet category 6a (Cat 6a) or category 7 (Cat 7) requirements. Exceeding the maximum total lengthof 100 m is not permitted.

B&R deviceB&R device Patch panel Patch panel

Patch cable Patch cableField-assembled cable

Max. 5 mMax. 100 m

Max. 5 m

Figure 38: Wiring with a field-assembled cable

Page 143: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 143

5.2 SDL cables

5.2.1 5CASDL.0xxx-00

5.2.1.1 General information

5CASDL.0xxx-00 SDL cables are designed for use in fixed installations. 5CASDL.0xxx-03 SDL flex cables arerequired for flexible installations (e.g. swing arm systems).

Caution!The cable is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

5.2.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureSDL cables

5CASDL.0008-00 SDL cable - 0.8 m5CASDL.0018-00 SDL cable - 1.8 m5CASDL.0050-00 SDL cable - 5 m5CASDL.0100-00 SDL cable - 10 m5CASDL.0150-00 SDL cable - 15 m5CASDL.0200-00 SDL cable - 20 m5CASDL.0250-00 SDL cable - 25 m5CASDL.0300-00 SDL cable - 30 m

Table 139: 5CASDL.0008-00, 5CASDL.0018-00, 5CASDL.0050-00, 5CASDL.0100-00,5CASDL.0150-00, 5CASDL.0200-00, 5CASDL.0250-00, 5CASDL.0300-00 - Order data

5.2.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CASDL.0008-00

5CASDL.0018-00

5CASDL.0050-00

5CASDL.0100-00

5CASDL.0150-00

5CASDL.0200-00

5CASDL.0250-00

5CASDL.0300-00

General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T41)

cULus HazLoc E180196Industrial control equipment

for hazardous locationsClass I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T4

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)2)

GOST-R - YesCable constructionWire cross section 28 AWG 24 AWGShield Individual cable pairs, entire cableComplete shielding Tinned copper braiding, optical coverage >85%Outer sheathing

Material PVCColor BlackLabeling E74020-C (UL) AWM STYLE 20176 80°C 30 V VW-1 DVI DIGITAL LINK

ConnectorType 2x DVI-D (24+1), maleConnection cycles 100Contacts Gold-platedMechanical protection Metal cover with crimped strain reliefLocating screw tightening torque Max. 0.5 NmElectrical characteristicsConductor resistance

24 AWG - ≤93 Ω/km28 AWG ≤237 Ω/km -

Table 140: 5CASDL.0008-00, 5CASDL.0018-00, 5CASDL.0050-00, 5CASDL.0100-00,5CASDL.0150-00, 5CASDL.0200-00, 5CASDL.0250-00, 5CASDL.0300-00 - Technical data

Page 144: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

144 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5CASDL.0008-00

5CASDL.0018-00

5CASDL.0050-00

5CASDL.0100-00

5CASDL.0150-00

5CASDL.0200-00

5CASDL.0250-00

5CASDL.0300-00

Insulation resistance Min. 10 MΩ/kmOperating conditionsDegree of pollution in accordance withEN 61131

Pollution degree 2

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 0.8 m±25 mm

1.8 m±30 mm

5 m ±30 mm 10 m±50 mm

15 m±100 mm

20 m±100 mm

25 m±100 mm

30 m±100 mm

Diameter Typ. 8.6 ±0.2 mmMax. 9 mm

Typ. 11 ±0.2 mmMax. 11.5 mm

Bend radius ≥5x cable diameter (male connector - ferrite bead and ferrite bead - ferrite bead)Flexibility Limited flexibility, valid for ferrite bead - ferrite bead (tested 100 cycles with 5x cable diameter, 20 cycles/minute)Weight Approx.

206 gApprox.300 g

Approx.580 g

Approx.1500 g

Approx.2250 g

Approx.2880 g

Approx.4800 g

Approx.5520 g

Table 140: 5CASDL.0008-00, 5CASDL.0018-00, 5CASDL.0050-00, 5CASDL.0100-00,5CASDL.0150-00, 5CASDL.0200-00, 5CASDL.0250-00, 5CASDL.0300-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.

5.2.1.4 Bend radius specifications

Male connector

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Bend radiusMale connector - Ferrite bead

Bend radiusFerrite bead - Ferrite bead

Figure 39: Bend radius specifications

5.2.1.5 Dimensions

Max

. Ø 1

1.5

40 ±1

Ø 2

1.6

±0.7

35 ±5

Length

Figure 40: 5CASDL.0xxx-00 - Dimensions

Page 145: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 145

5.2.1.6 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

DVI (24+1), male DVI (24+1), male

Pinout

DVI (24+1), male DVI (24+1), male

Cable shield Cable shield

Figure 41: 5CASDL.0xxx-00 - Pinout

Page 146: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

146 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5.3 SDL cables with 45° male connector

5.3.1 5CASDL.0xxx-01

5.3.1.1 General information

5CASDL.0xxx-01 SDL cables with 45° connector are designed for use in fixed installations.

Caution!The cable is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

5.3.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureSDL cables 45° connection

5CASDL.0018-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 1.8 m5CASDL.0050-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 5 m5CASDL.0100-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 10 m5CASDL.0150-01 SDL cable - 45 degree connector - 15 m

Table 141: 5CASDL.0018-01, 5CASDL.0050-01, 5CASDL.0100-01, 5CASDL.0150-01 - Order data

5.3.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CASDL.0018-01 5CASDL.0050-01 5CASDL.0100-01 5CASDL.0150-01General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T41)

cULus HazLoc E180196Industrial control equipment

for hazardous locationsClass I, Division 2,Groups ABCD, T4

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)2)

GOST-R YesCable constructionWire cross section 28 AWG 24 AWGShield Individual cable pairs, entire cableComplete shielding Tinned copper braiding, optical coverage >85%Outer sheathing

Material PVCColor Black

ConnectorType 2x DVI-D (24+1), maleConnection cycles 100Contacts Gold-platedMechanical protection Metal cover with crimped strain reliefLocating screw tightening torque Max. 0.5 NmElectrical characteristicsConductor resistance

24 AWG - ≤93 Ω/km28 AWG ≤237 Ω/km -

Insulation resistance Min. 10 MΩ/kmOperating conditionsDegree of pollution in accordance withEN 61131

Pollution degree 2

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 1.8 m ±30 mm 5 m ±50 mm 10 m ±100 mm 15 m ±100 mmDiameter Max. 9 mm Max. 11.5 mm

Table 142: 5CASDL.0018-01, 5CASDL.0050-01, 5CASDL.0100-01, 5CASDL.0150-01 - Technical data

Page 147: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 147

Model number 5CASDL.0018-01 5CASDL.0050-01 5CASDL.0100-01 5CASDL.0150-01Bend radius

Fixed installation ≥5x cable diameter (male connector - ferrite bead and ferrite bead - ferrite bead)Flexibility Limited flexibility, valid for ferrite bead - ferrite bead (tested 100 cycles with 5x cable diameter, 20 cycles/minute)Weight Approx. 300 g Approx. 590 g Approx. 2800 g Approx. 2860 g

Table 142: 5CASDL.0018-01, 5CASDL.0050-01, 5CASDL.0100-01, 5CASDL.0150-01 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.

5.3.1.4 Bend radius specifications

Male connector

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Bend radiusMale connector - Ferrite bead

Bend radiusFerrite bead - Ferrite bead

Figure 42: Bend radius specifications

5.3.1.5 Dimensions

Max

. Ø 1

1.5

35 ±5 40 ±1

Ø 2

1.6

±0.7

Length

Figure 43: 5CASDL.0xxx-01 - Dimensions

Page 148: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

148 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5.3.1.6 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

DVI (24+1), male DVI (24+1), male

PinoutDVI (24+1), male DVI (24+1), male

Cable shield Cable shield

Figure 44: 5CASDL.0xxx-01 - Pinout

Page 149: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 149

5.4 SDL flex cables

5.4.1 5CASDL.0xxx-03

5.4.1.1 General information

5CASDL.0xxx-03 SDL flex cables are designed for use in both fixed and flexible installations (e.g. swing armsystems).

Caution!The cable is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

5.4.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureSDL cables flex

5CASDL.0018-03 SDL flex cable - 1.8 m5CASDL.0050-03 SDL flex cable - 5 m5CASDL.0100-03 SDL flex cable - 10 m5CASDL.0150-03 SDL flex cable - 15 m5CASDL.0200-03 SDL flex cable - 20 m5CASDL.0250-03 SDL flex cable - 25 m5CASDL.0300-03 SDL flex cable - 30 m

Table 143: 5CASDL.0018-03, 5CASDL.0050-03, 5CASDL.0100-03, 5CASDL.0150-03,5CASDL.0200-03, 5CASDL.0250-03, 5CASDL.0300-03 - Order data

5.4.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0300-03

General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T41)

cULus HazLoc E180196Industrial control equipment

for hazardous locationsClass I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T4

DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)Humidity: B (up to 100%)

Vibration: A (0.7 g)EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)2)

GOST-R YesCable constructionWire cross section 24 AWG (control wires)

26 AWG (DVI, USB, data)Features Silicone- and halogen-freeShield Individual cable pairs, entire cableComplete shielding Aluminum-clad foil and tinned copper braidingOuter sheathing

Material Special semi-matte TMPUColor BlackLabeling (B&R) SDL cable (UL) AWM 20236 80°C 30 V E 63216

ConnectorType 2x DVI-D (24+1), maleConnection cycles Min. 200Contacts Gold-platedMechanical protection Metal cover with crimped strain reliefLocating screw tightening torque Max. 0.5 NmElectrical characteristicsOperating voltage ≤30 V

Table 144: 5CASDL.0018-03, 5CASDL.0050-03, 5CASDL.0100-03, 5CASDL.0150-03,5CASDL.0200-03, 5CASDL.0250-03, 5CASDL.0300-03 - Technical data

Page 150: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

150 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5CASDL.0018-03

5CASDL.0050-03

5CASDL.0100-03

5CASDL.0150-03

5CASDL.0200-03

5CASDL.0250-03

5CASDL.0300-03

Test voltageWire/Wire 1 kVWire/Shield 0.5 kV

Wave impedance 100 ±10 ΩConductor resistance

24 AWG ≤95 Ω/km26 AWG ≤145 Ω/km

Insulation resistance >200 MΩ/kmOperating conditionsDegree of pollution in accordance withEN 61131

Pollution degree 2

Approbation UL AWM 20236 80°C 30 VFlame-retardant Per UL 758 (cable vertical flame test)Oil and hydrolysis resistance Per VDE 0282-10Environmental conditionsTemperature

Storage -20 to 80°CFixed installation -20 to 80°CFlexible installation -5 to 60°C

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 1.8 m ±20 mm 5 m ±45 mm 10 m ±90 mm 15 m ±135 mm 20 m ±180 mm 25 m ±225 mm 30 m ±270 mmDiameter Max. 12 mm

Bend radiusFixed installation ≥3.5x cable diameter

Flexible installation ≥15x cable diameter (ferrite bead - ferrite bead)Flexibility Flexible, applies to ferrite bead - ferrite bead (tested 300000 cycles with 15x cable diameter, 4800 cycles/hour)Drag chain data

Flex cycles 300,000Speed 4800 cycles/hourBend radius 180 mm, 15x cable diameterHub 460 mm

Weight Approx. 460 g Approx. 1020 g Approx. 1940 g Approx. 2840 g Approx. 3740 g Approx. 4560 g Approx. 5590 gTension

During operation ≤50 NDuring installation ≤400 N

Table 144: 5CASDL.0018-03, 5CASDL.0050-03, 5CASDL.0100-03, 5CASDL.0150-03,5CASDL.0200-03, 5CASDL.0250-03, 5CASDL.0300-03 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification and the complete system bears the corresponding mark.2) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.

5.4.1.4 Bend radius specifications

Male connector

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Bend radiusMale connector - Ferrite bead

Bend radiusFerrite bead - Ferrite bead

Figure 45: Bend radius specifications

Page 151: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 151

5.4.1.5 Dimensions

37.5 ±2.5

Ø 2

2

110 ±1055

36.5

19

15

38

Max

. Ø12

Length

Figure 46: 5CASDL.0xxx-03 - Dimensions

5.4.1.6 Construction

Element Assignment Cross sectionTMDS data 0 26 AWGTMDS data 1 26 AWGTMDS data 2 26 AWG

DVI

TMDS cycle 26 AWGXUSB0 26 AWG

USBXUSB1 26 AWG

Data SDL 26 AWGDDC cycle 24 AWGDDC data 24 AWG

+5 V 24 AWGGround 24 AWG

Control wires

Hot plug detect 24 AWG

TMDS data 2

TMDS data 0

XUSB0

XUSB1

TMDS cycle

TMDS data 1

Control wires- DDC clock

+5V- Ground- Hot plug detect

- DDC data-

SDL

Table 145: 5CASDL.0xxx-03 SDL flex cables - Construction

5.4.1.7 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

Page 152: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

152 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Pinout

DVI (24+1), male DVI (24+1), male

Cable shield Cable shield

DVI (24+1), male DVI (24+1), male1 17

2416

9

8

TMDS clock -TMDS clock +TMDS clock shield

XUSB1+XUSB1-TMDS data 0 / XUSB1 shield

TMDS data 0+TMDS data 0-Hot plug detect

Ground+5 VXUSB0+XUSB0-TMDS data 1 / XUSB0 shield

TMDS data 1+TMDS data 1-DDC cycleDDC dataSDL+SDL-TMDS data 2 / SDL shield

TMDS data 2+TMDS data 2-

TMDS clock -TMDS clock +

TMDS clock shield

XUSB1+XUSB1-

TMDS data 0 / XUSB1 shield

TMDS data 0+TMDS data 0-

Hot plug detect

Ground+5 V

XUSB0+XUSB0-

TMDS data 1 / XUSB0 shield

TMDS data 1+TMDS data 1-

DDC cycleDDC data

SDL+SDL-

TMDS data 2 / SDL shield

TMDS data 2+TMDS data 2-

Figure 47: 5CASDL.0xxx-03 - Pinout

Page 153: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 153

5.5 SDL flex cables with extender

5.5.1 5CASDL.0xx0-13

5.5.1.1 General information

5CASDL.0xx0-13 SDL flex cables with extender are designed for use in both fixed and flexible installations (e.g.swing arm systems).

Caution!The cable is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

5.5.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureSDL cables flex

5CASDL.0300-13 SDL flex cable with extender - 30 m5CASDL.0400-13 SDL flex cable with extender - 40 m5CASDL.0430-13 SDL flex cable with extender - 43 m

Table 146: 5CASDL.0300-13, 5CASDL.0400-13, 5CASDL.0430-13 - Order data

5.5.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CASDL.0300-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0430-13General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentHazLoc cULus HazLoc E180196

Industrial control equipmentfor hazardous locations

Class I, Division 2, Groups ABCD, T4DNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)

Humidity: B (up to 100%)Vibration: A (0.7 g)

EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)1)

GOST-R YesCable constructionWire cross section 24 AWG (control wires)

26 AWG (DVI, USB, data)Features Silicone- and halogen-freeShield Individual cable pairs, entire cableComplete shielding Aluminum-clad foil and tinned copper braidingOuter sheathing

Material Special semi-matte TMPUColor BlackLabeling (B&R) SDL cable (UL) AWM 20236 80°C 30 V E63216

ConnectorType 2x DVI-D (24+1), maleConnection cycles Min. 200Contacts Gold-platedMechanical protection Metal cover with crimped strain reliefLocating screw tightening torque Max. 0.5 NmElectrical characteristicsOperating voltage ≤30 VTest voltage

Wire/Wire 1 kVWire/Shield 0.5 kV

Wave impedance 100 ±10 ΩConductor resistance

24 AWG ≤95 Ω/km26 AWG ≤145 Ω/km

Insulation resistance >200 MΩ/km

Table 147: 5CASDL.0300-13, 5CASDL.0400-13, 5CASDL.0430-13 - Technical data

Page 154: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

154 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Model number 5CASDL.0300-13 5CASDL.0400-13 5CASDL.0430-13Operating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Approbation UL AWM 20236 80°C 30 VFlame-retardant Per UL 758 (cable vertical flame test)Oil and hydrolysis resistance Per VDE 0282-10Environmental conditionsTemperature

Storage -20 to 60°CFixed installation -20 to 60°CFlexible installation -5 to 60°C

Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 30 m ±280 mm 40 m ±380 mm 43 m ±410 mmDiameter Max. 12 mmExtender box

Width 35 mmLength 125 mmHeight 18.5 mm

Bend radiusFixed installation ≥6x cable diameter (male connector - ferrite bead)

≥10x cable diameter (ferrite bead - ferrite bead)Flexible installation ≥15x cable diameter (ferrite bead - ferrite bead)

Flexibility Flexible, applies to ferrite bead - ferrite bead (tested300000 cycles with 15x cable diameter, 4800 cycles/hour)

Drag chain dataFlex cycles 300,000Speed 4800 cycles/hourBend radius 180 mm, 15x cable diameterHub 460 mm

Weight Approx. 5430 g Approx. 7200 g Approx. 7790 gTension

During operation ≤50 NDuring installation ≤400 N

Table 147: 5CASDL.0300-13, 5CASDL.0400-13, 5CASDL.0430-13 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.

5.5.1.4 Bend radius specifications

Extender

Bend radiusFerrite bead - Extender

Male connector

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Bend radiusMale connector - Ferrite bead

Figure 48: Bend radius specification with extender

5.5.1.5 Dimensions

37.5 ±2.5

Ø 2

2

110 ±105536.5

19

15

38

Max

. Ø 1

2

Length

130

34

SD

L O

UTS

DL

IN

Figure 49: 5CASDL.0xx0-13 - Dimensions

Page 155: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 155

5.5.1.6 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

Pinout

DVI (24+1), male DVI (24+1), male

DVI (24+1), male

Cable shield Cable shield

DVI (24+1), male

Extender unitBlack box

Figure 50: 5CASDL.0xx0-13 - Pinout

5.5.1.7 Cable connection

SDL flex cables with extender must be connected between the B&R industrial PC and Automation Panel in thecorrect direction. The correct signal direction is indicated on the extender.

B&R industrial PC

Figure 51: Signal direction for SDL flex cable with extender - Example

Page 156: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

156 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5.6 DVI cables

5.6.1 5CADVI.0xxx-00

5.6.1.1 General information

5CADVI.0xxx-00 DVI cables are designed for use in fixed installations.

Caution!The cable is only permitted to be connected or disconnected when the power is switched off.

5.6.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureDVI cables

5CADVI.0018-00 DVI-D cable - 1.8 m5CADVI.0050-00 DVI-D cable - 5 m5CADVI.0100-00 DVI-D cable - 10 m

Table 148: 5CADVI.0018-00, 5CADVI.0050-00, 5CADVI.0100-00 - Order data

5.6.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CADVI.0018-00 5CADVI.0050-00 5CADVI.0100-00General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentDNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)

Humidity: B (up to 100%)Vibration: A (0.7 g)

EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)1)

GOST-R YesCable constructionWire cross section 28 AWGShield Individual cable pairs, entire cableComplete shielding Tinned copper braiding, optical coverage >86%Outer sheathing

Material PVCColor BeigeLabeling AWM STYLE 20276 80℃ 30 V VW1 DVI DIGITAL SINGLE LINK DER AN

ConnectorType 2x DVI-D (18+1), maleConnection cycles 100Locating screw tightening torque Max. 0.5 NmElectrical characteristicsConductor resistance Max. 237 Ω/kmInsulation resistance Min. 100 MΩ/kmOperating conditionsDegree of pollution in accordance with EN 61131 Pollution degree 2Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 1.8 m ±50 mm 5 m ±80 mm 10 m ±100 mmDiameter Max. 8.5 mm

Bend radius ≥5x cable diameter (male connector - ferrite bead and ferrite bead - ferrite bead)Weight Approx. 260 g Approx. 460 g Approx. 790 g

Table 149: 5CADVI.0018-00, 5CADVI.0050-00, 5CADVI.0100-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.

Page 157: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 157

5.6.1.4 Bend radius specifications

Male connector

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Ferrite bead

Bend radiusMale connector - Ferrite bead

Bend radiusFerrite bead - Ferrite bead

Figure 52: Bend radius specifications

5.6.1.5 Dimensions

40 ±1

Ø 2

1.6

±0.7

25 ±5

Ø 8

.5

Length

Figure 53: 5CADVI.0xxx-00 - Dimensions

Page 158: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

158 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5.6.1.6 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

DVI-D (24+1), male DVI-D (24+1), male

Pinout

DVI-D (24+1), male DVI-D (24+1), male

Cable shield Cable shield

Figure 54: 5CADVI.0xxx-00 - Pinout

Page 159: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 159

5.7 RS232 cables

5.7.1 9A0014.xx

5.7.1.1 General information

RS232 cables are used as extension cables between two RS232 interfaces.

5.7.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureRS232 cables

9A0014.02 RS232 extension cable for operation of a remote display unitwith touch screen, 1.8 m

9A0014.05 RS232 extension cable for operation of a remote display unitwith touch screen, 5 m

9A0014.10 RS232 extension cable for operation of a remote display unitwith touch screen, 10 m

Table 150: 9A0014.02, 9A0014.05, 9A0014.10 - Order data

5.7.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 9A0014.02 9A0014.05 9A0014.10General informationCertification

CE YesGOST-R - Yes

Cable constructionWire cross section 26 AWGShield Entire cableOuter sheathing

Color BeigeConnectorType 9-pin DSUB connector, male/femaleLocating screw tightening torque Max. 0.5 NmOperating conditionsDegree of pollution in accordance with EN 61131 Pollution degree 2Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 1.8 m ±50 mm 5 m ±80 mm 10 m ±100 mmDiameter Max. 5 mm

Bend radius Min. 70 mm

Table 151: 9A0014.02, 9A0014.05, 9A0014.10 - Technical data

Page 160: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

160 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5.7.1.4 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

DSUB (9-pin), male DSUB (9-pin), female

Pinout

Jacket Jacket

DSUB (9-pin), male DSUB (9-pin), female

Figure 55: 9A0014.xx RS232 cables - Pinout

Page 161: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

Cha

pter

6Ac

cess

orie

s

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 161

5.8 USB cables

5.8.1 5CAUSB.00xx-00

5.8.1.1 General information

USB cables are designed for a USB 2.0 transfer rate.

5.8.1.2 Order data

Model number Short description FigureUSB cables

5CAUSB.0018-00 USB 2.0 connection cable - Type A - type B connector - 1.8 m5CAUSB.0050-00 USB 2.0 connection cable - Type A - type B connector - 5 m

Table 152: 5CAUSB.0018-00, 5CAUSB.0050-00 - Order data

5.8.1.3 Technical data

Information:The following specifications, properties and limit values apply only to this accessory and may deviatefrom those that apply to the complete system. For the complete system in which this accessory isinstalled, for example, the data specified for that complete system applies.

Model number 5CAUSB.0018-00 5CAUSB.0050-00General informationCertification

CE YesUL cULus E115267

Industrial control equipmentDNV GL Temperature: B (0 - 55°C)

Humidity: B (up to 100%)Vibration: A (0.7 g)

EMC: B (Bridge and open deck)1)

GOST-R YesCable constructionWire cross section 24, 28 AWGShield Entire cableOuter sheathing

Color BeigeConnectorType USB type A male and USB type B maleOperating conditionsEN 61131 pollution degree Pollution degree 2Mechanical characteristicsDimensions

Length 1.8 m ±30 mm 5 m ±50 mmDiameter Max. 5 mm

Bend radius Min. 100 mm

Table 153: 5CAUSB.0018-00, 5CAUSB.0050-00 - Technical data

1) Yes, although applies only if all components installed in the complete system have this certification.

5.8.1.4 Cable pinout

Warning!If a field-assembled cable is desired, it must be wired according to this pinout.If a field-assembled cable is used, B&R cannot make any guarantee as to its functionality. Functionalityis only ensured with cables provided by B&R.

Page 162: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Accessories • Cables

162 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Pinout

USB type A, male USB type B, male

Jacket Jacket

Figure 56: 5CAUSB.00xx-00 USB cables - Pinout

Page 163: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Servicing and maintenance • Repairs, complaints and replacement parts

Cha

pter

7Se

rvic

ing

and

mai

nten

ance

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 163

Chapter 7 • Servicing and maintenance

This chapter describes the servicing/maintenance work that is possible to be carried out by a trained and qualifiedend user.

1 Installing and connecting the UPS battery unit

Information:For information about installing the UPS IF option, see section "Installing interface options" on page .

Warning!Opening the UPS battery unit is not permitted!

1. Disconnect the power supply cable to the B&R industrial PC.2. Install the battery unit. For the drilling template, see the technical data for the respective UPS battery unit.

Ensure that the distance between the battery unit and the B&R industrial PC allows them to be connectedwith the UPS cable (0.5 m, 1 m or 3 m).4 M5 screws, 4 flat washers and 1 screw locking washer are needed for installation (min. tightening torque 1.3Nm, screw-in depth per applicable DIN regulations and the application). These are not included in delivery.

3. Connect the UPS cable to the battery. To do so, connect the red and black wires to the power supply (orangescrew clamp terminal). Be sure to use the correct terminals (red wire to +, black wire to -)!Connect the white and brown wires to the temperature sensor (green screw clamp terminal) (brown wire to1, white wire to 2).

Battery connection

Temperature sensor connection

Cable clamp Heat shrink tubing

UPS cable outer jacket

Figure 57: Connecting the UPS cable to the battery

4. Tighten the connected wires to the screw clamp terminals with a screwdriver (max. tightening torque 0.4 Nm).5. Remove both nuts (M3) on the cable clamp and feed the UPS cable through.6. Fasten the UPS cable using the cable clamp. Alternately tighten the previously removed nuts onto the cable

clamp (max. tightening torque 0.35 Nm).7. Connect the 4-pin screw clamp terminal block to the UPS IF option and tighten the two screws with a screw-

driver (max. tightening torque 0.4 Nm).

2 Repairs, complaints and replacement parts

Danger!The unauthorized opening or repair of the device can result in injury and/or extensive damage to prop-erty. Therefore, do not attempt to perform repairs yourself. Repairs are only permitted to be performedby authorized qualified personnel at the place of manufacture.

Page 164: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Servicing and maintenance • Repairs, complaints and replacement parts

164 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

To process a repair/complaint, please create a repair order or complaint using the B&R Material Return Portal onthe B&R website at www.br-automation.com.

Page 165: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Appendix A • Abbreviations

Appe

ndix

A

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 165

Appendix A

1 Maintenance Controller Extended (MTCX)

The MTCX controller (FPGA processor) is located on the mainboard (component of every system unit) of theAPC3100 and PPC3100 device.

MTCX

The MTCX is responsible for the following monitoring and control functions:

• Power on (power OK sequencing) and power failure logic• Watchdog handling (NMI and reset handling)• Temperature monitoring• Fan control• Key and LED handling/coordination (matrix keyboard of B&R display units)• Advanced desktop operation (keys, USB redirection)• Daisy chain display operation (touch screen, USB redirection)• Panel locking mechanism (configurable using the B&R Control Center - ADI driver)• Backlight control of a connected B&R display• Calculation of statistical data (power cycles - every switch-on, power-on and fan hour is calculated, data

is updated at 15-minute intervals)• SDL data transfer (display, matrix keyboard, touch screen, service data, USB)• LED status indicators (Power, Disk, Link, Run)• Optimal default BIOS settings are reported to BIOS by the MTCX based on the existing hardware.

The functions of the MTCX can be extended by upgrading its firmware4). The version can be read in BIOS or withthe B&R Control Center in approved Microsoft Windows operating systems.

2 AbbreviationsAbbreviation Stands for Description

Normally closed Normally closed relay contact.NCNot connected Used in pinout descriptions if a terminal or pin is not connected on the module

side.ND Not defined In technical data tables, this stands for a value that is not defined. This may

be because a cable manufacturer does not provide a value for certain technicaldata, for example.

NO Normally open Normally open relay contact.TBD To be defined Used in technical data tables when there is currently no value for specific tech-

nical data. The value will be provided at a later point in time.

Table 154: Abbreviations used in this user's manual

4) Can be downloaded from the Downloads section of the B&R website (www.br-automation.com).

Page 166: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Figure index

166 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Figure 1: APC3100 configuration...........................................................................................................15Figure 2: Automation PC 3100 with rear mounting plate - Dimensions................................................ 20Figure 3: Automation PC 3100 - Spacing for air circulation..................................................................21Figure 4: Automation PC 3100 - Position of temperature sensors........................................................26Figure 5: Device interfaces - Overview without installed interface options........................................... 30Figure 6: Device interfaces - Overview with installed interface options and SDL4 option.....................30Figure 7: CFast card - Dimensions........................................................................................................46Figure 8: 5CFAST.xxxx-00 - Temperature/Humidity diagram................................................................ 49Figure 9: CFast card - Dimensions........................................................................................................49Figure 10: 5CFAST.032G-10, 5CFAST.064G-10, 5CFAST.128G-10, 5CFAST.256G-10 - Temperature/Hu-

midity diagram........................................................................................................................ 52Figure 11: RS232/422/485 interface - Operation in RS485 mode.......................................................... 62Figure 12: 5AC901.I485-00 - Terminating resistor.................................................................................. 63Figure 13: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Terminating resistor.................................................................................66Figure 14: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Terminating resistor.................................................................................69Figure 15: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Connection example.................................................................................81Figure 16: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Dimensions.............................................................................................91Figure 17: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Drilling template..................................................................................... 91Figure 18: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Dimensions.............................................................................................95Figure 19: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Drilling template..................................................................................... 95Figure 20: Mounting holes..................................................................................................................... 102Figure 21: Installing a screw clamp terminal block............................................................................... 104Figure 22: Installing a cage clamp terminal block................................................................................. 104Figure 23: Connecting the power supply connector to a B&R device...................................................105Figure 24: Bend radius - Cable connection...........................................................................................106Figure 25: Temperature values in the Control Center...........................................................................108Figure 26: Settings for PassMark BurnInTest Pro V7.1 using an APC3100 without IF options.............109Figure 27: Test overview of an APC3100 without IF options................................................................ 109Figure 28: ADI Control Center screenshots - Examples....................................................................... 114Figure 29: ADI Development Kit Screenshots (Symbolfoto)................................................................. 116Figure 30: ADI .NET SDK screenshots................................................................................................. 118Figure 31: B&R Key Editor screenshots................................................................................................120Figure 32: B&R KCF Editor V1.0 screenshot........................................................................................ 122Figure 33: 5MMUSB.xxxx-01 - Temperature/Humidity diagram............................................................137Figure 34: 5MMUSB.032G-02 - Temperature/Humidity diagram.......................................................... 139Figure 35: SDL3 - Bend radius specifications....................................................................................... 141Figure 36: 5CASD3.xxxx-00 - Dimensions............................................................................................ 141Figure 37: 5CASD3.xxxx-00 - Pinout.....................................................................................................142Figure 38: Wiring with a field-assembled cable.....................................................................................142Figure 39: Bend radius specifications....................................................................................................144Figure 40: 5CASDL.0xxx-00 - Dimensions............................................................................................144Figure 41: 5CASDL.0xxx-00 - Pinout.................................................................................................... 145Figure 42: Bend radius specifications....................................................................................................147Figure 43: 5CASDL.0xxx-01 - Dimensions............................................................................................147Figure 44: 5CASDL.0xxx-01 - Pinout.................................................................................................... 148Figure 45: Bend radius specifications....................................................................................................150Figure 46: 5CASDL.0xxx-03 - Dimensions............................................................................................151Figure 47: 5CASDL.0xxx-03 - Pinout.................................................................................................... 152Figure 48: Bend radius specification with extender...............................................................................154Figure 49: 5CASDL.0xx0-13 - Dimensions............................................................................................154Figure 50: 5CASDL.0xx0-13 - Pinout.................................................................................................... 155Figure 51: Signal direction for SDL flex cable with extender - Example............................................... 155Figure 52: Bend radius specifications....................................................................................................157Figure 53: 5CADVI.0xxx-00 - Dimensions.............................................................................................157

Page 167: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Figure index

Figu

re in

dex

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 167

Figure 54: 5CADVI.0xxx-00 - Pinout..................................................................................................... 158Figure 55: 9A0014.xx RS232 cables - Pinout ......................................................................................160Figure 56: 5CAUSB.00xx-00 USB cables - Pinout................................................................................162Figure 57: Connecting the UPS cable to the battery............................................................................ 163

Page 168: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Table index

168 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Table 1: Environmentally friendly disposal................................................................................................ 10Table 2: Organization of safety notices..................................................................................................... 10Table 3: Range of nominal sizes............................................................................................................... 10Table 4: System units, CFast cards, interface options - Weight............................................................... 22Table 5: Ambient temperature during operation........................................................................................ 23Table 6: Ambient temperature during operation........................................................................................ 24Table 7: System units, CFast cards, interface options - Ambient temperature during storage and transport25Table 8: Temperature sensor positions..................................................................................................... 26Table 9: System units, graphics option, IF options, CFast cards - Relative humidity................................27Table 10: Vibration....................................................................................................................................... 27Table 11: Shock............................................................................................................................................27Table 12: +24 VDC power supply connection............................................................................................. 28Table 13: System unit - Power calculation.................................................................................................. 29Table 14: Graphics options - Power calculation.......................................................................................... 29Table 15: Interface options - Power calculation.......................................................................................... 29Table 16: CFast cards - Power calculation................................................................................................. 29Table 17: +24 VDC power supply connection............................................................................................. 31Table 18: Ethernet interface (ETH1)............................................................................................................32Table 19: Ethernet interface (ETH2)............................................................................................................32Table 20: USB1, USB2, USB3, USB4 interfaces........................................................................................ 33Table 21: USB5 interface............................................................................................................................. 33Table 22: CFast slot 1..................................................................................................................................34Table 23: CFast slot 2..................................................................................................................................34Table 24: Power button................................................................................................................................ 35Table 25: Reset button.................................................................................................................................35Table 26: LED status indicators - Data....................................................................................................... 36Table 27: Battery.......................................................................................................................................... 37Table 28: Explanation of the battery state...................................................................................................37Table 29: SDL/DVI-D interface - SDL, DVI................................................................................................. 38Table 30: DVI interface - Pinout.................................................................................................................. 38Table 31: Cable lengths and resolutions for SDL transmission.................................................................. 39Table 32: Cable lengths and resolutions for DVI transfer........................................................................... 39Table 33: IF option 1 slot.............................................................................................................................39Table 34: IF option 2 slot.............................................................................................................................40Table 35: IF option 3 slot.............................................................................................................................40Table 36: 5APC3100.KBU0-000, 5APC3100.KBU1-000, 5APC3100.KBU2-000, 5APC3100.KBU3-000 - Or-

der data........................................................................................................................................ 41Table 37: 5APC3100.KBU0-000, 5APC3100.KBU1-000, 5APC3100.KBU2-000, 5APC3100.KBU3-000 -

Technical data..............................................................................................................................42Table 38: 5MMDDR.4096-04, 5MMDDR.8192-04, 5MMDDR.016G-04 - Order data..................................44Table 39: 5MMDDR.4096-04, 5MMDDR.8192-04, 5MMDDR.016G-04 - Technical data............................44Table 40: 5CFAST.2048-00, 5CFAST.4096-00, 5CFAST.8192-00, 5CFAST.016G-00, 5CFAST.032G-00 - Or-

der data........................................................................................................................................ 47Table 41: 5CFAST.2048-00, 5CFAST.4096-00, 5CFAST.8192-00, 5CFAST.016G-00, 5CFAST.032G-00 -

Technical data..............................................................................................................................47Table 42: 5CFAST.032G-10, 5CFAST.064G-10, 5CFAST.128G-10, 5CFAST.256G-10 - Order data.......... 50Table 43: 5CFAST.032G-10, 5CFAST.064G-10, 5CFAST.128G-10, 5CFAST.256G-10 - Technical data....50Table 44: 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 - Order data..............................................................................................53Table 45: 5ACCLI02.DPO0-000 - Technical data....................................................................................... 53Table 46: DisplayPort interface.................................................................................................................... 54Table 47: DisplayPort - Pinout..................................................................................................................... 54Table 48: 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 - Order data.............................................................................................. 55Table 49: 5ACCLI02.SDL0-000 - Technical data........................................................................................ 55Table 50: SDL/DVI interface - SDL, DVI..................................................................................................... 55Table 51: DVI interface - Pinout.................................................................................................................. 56Table 52: Cable lengths and resolutions for SDL transmission.................................................................. 57Table 53: Cable lengths and resolutions for DVI transfer........................................................................... 57Table 54: 5ACCLI02.SD40-000 - Order data.............................................................................................. 58

Page 169: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Table index

Tabl

e in

dex

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 169

Table 55: 5ACCLI02.SD40-000 - Technical data........................................................................................ 58Table 56: SDL4 interface............................................................................................................................. 59Table 57: SDL4 LEDs.................................................................................................................................. 59Table 58: 5AC901.I485-00 - Order data......................................................................................................60Table 59: 5AC901.I485-00 - Technical data................................................................................................60Table 60: COM - Pinout............................................................................................................................... 61Table 61: I/O address and IRQ................................................................................................................... 61Table 62: RS232 - Bus length and transfer rate......................................................................................... 61Table 63: RS232 - Cable requirements.......................................................................................................61Table 64: RS422 - Bus length and transfer rate......................................................................................... 62Table 65: RS422 - Cable requirements.......................................................................................................62Table 66: RS485 - Bus length and transfer rate......................................................................................... 62Table 67: RS485 - Cable requirements.......................................................................................................63Table 68: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Order data.................................................................................................... 64Table 69: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 64Table 70: 5AC901.ICAN-00 - Pinout............................................................................................................65Table 71: I/O address and IRQ................................................................................................................... 65Table 72: CAN - Bus length and transfer rate.............................................................................................65Table 73: CAN cable requirements..............................................................................................................66Table 74: CAN driver settings......................................................................................................................66Table 75: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Order data.................................................................................................... 67Table 76: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 67Table 77: 5AC901.ICAN-01 - Pinout............................................................................................................68Table 78: I/O address and IRQ................................................................................................................... 68Table 79: CAN - Bus length and transfer rate.............................................................................................68Table 80: CAN cable requirements..............................................................................................................68Table 81: CAN driver settings......................................................................................................................69Table 82: 5AC901.IHDA-00 - Order data.................................................................................................... 70Table 83: 5AC901.IHDA-00 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 70Table 84: 5AC901.IHDA-00 - Pinout............................................................................................................71Table 85: 5AC901.ISRM-00 - Order data.................................................................................................... 72Table 86: 5AC901.ISRM-00 - Technical data..............................................................................................72Table 87: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - Order data..................................................................................................... 74Table 88: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - Technical data............................................................................................... 74Table 89: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - POWERLINK interface.................................................................................. 75Table 90: 5AC901.IPLK-00 - POWERLINK LED "Status/Error".................................................................. 75Table 91: LED "Status/Error" - Ethernet mode............................................................................................75Table 92: LED "Status/Error" - POWERLINK - Error.................................................................................. 76Table 93: LED "Status/Error" - POWERLINK - Status................................................................................ 76Table 94: System stop error codes............................................................................................................. 77Table 95: 5AC901.IRDY-00 - Order data.................................................................................................... 78Table 96: 5AC901.IRDY-00 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 78Table 97: 5AC901.IRDY-00 - Pinout............................................................................................................79Table 98: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Order data......................................................................................................80Table 99: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Technical data................................................................................................80Table 100: 5AC901.ISIO-00 - Pinout............................................................................................................. 81Table 101: 5AC901.IETH-00 - Order data.....................................................................................................82Table 102: 5AC901.IETH-00 - Technical data...............................................................................................82Table 103: 5AC901.IETH-00 - Ethernet interface..........................................................................................83Table 104: 5AC901.IUPS-00 - Order data.....................................................................................................85Table 105: 5AC901.IUPS-00 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 85Table 106: 5AC901.IUPS-00/-01 - Pinout......................................................................................................86Table 107: 5AC901.IUPS-01 - Order data.....................................................................................................87Table 108: 5AC901.IUPS-01 - Technical data.............................................................................................. 87Table 109: 5AC901.IUPS-00/-01 - Pinout......................................................................................................88Table 110: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Order data................................................................................................... 89Table 111: 5AC901.BUPS-00 - Technical data............................................................................................. 89

Page 170: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Table index

170 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Table 112: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Order data................................................................................................... 93Table 113: 5AC901.BUPS-01 - Technical data............................................................................................. 93Table 114: 5CAUPS.0005-01, 5CAUPS.0010-01, 5CAUPS.0013-01, 5CAUPS.0030-01 - Order data........ 97Table 115: 5CAUPS.0005-01, 5CAUPS.0010-01, 5CAUPS.0013-01, 5CAUPS.0030-01 - Technical data...97Table 116: 5ACCFF01.0000-000, 5ACCFF01.0000-001, 5ACCFF01.0000-002 - Order data...................... 99Table 117: 5ACCFF01.0000-000, 5ACCFF01.0000-001, 5ACCFF01.0000-002 - Technical data................99Table 118: 5ACCBC01.0000-000, 5ACCBC01.0000-001 - Order data.......................................................100Table 119: 5ACCBC01.0000-000, 5ACCBC01.0000-001 - Technical data.................................................100Table 120: 5SWW10.0653-MUL, 5SWW10.0753-MUL, 5SWW10.0655-MUL, 5SWW10.0755-MUL - Order

data.............................................................................................................................................111Table 121: Features with Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB..............................................................111Table 122: 5SWUTI.0001-000 - Order data................................................................................................ 123Table 123: Nonincendive electrical circuit parameters for the USB1, USB2, USB3 and USB4 interfaces... 128Table 124: Connected nonincendive device with field wiring......................................................................129Table 125: Nonincendive circuit parameters for the USB1 interface...........................................................130Table 126: Connected nonincendive device with field wiring......................................................................131Table 127: 0TB103.9, 0TB103.91 - Order data...........................................................................................132Table 128: 0TB103.9, 0TB103.91 - Technical data.....................................................................................132Table 129: 0TB2104.8000 - Order data.......................................................................................................134Table 130: 0TB2104.8000 - Technical data................................................................................................ 134Table 131: 0AC201.91, 4A0006.00-000 - Order data................................................................................. 135Table 132: 0AC201.91, 4A0006.00-000 - Technical data........................................................................... 135Table 133: 5MMUSB.2048-01, 5MMUSB.4096-01 - Order data................................................................. 136Table 134: 5MMUSB.2048-01, 5MMUSB.4096-01 - Technical data...........................................................136Table 135: 5MMUSB.032G-02 - Order data................................................................................................138Table 136: 5MMUSB.032G-02 - Technical data..........................................................................................138Table 137: 5CASD3.0030-00, 5CASD3.0050-00, 5CASD3.0100-00, 5CASD3.0150-00, 5CASD3.0200-00,

5CASD3.0300-00, 5CASD3.0500-00, 5CASD3.1000-00 - Order data......................................140Table 138: 5CASD3.0030-00, 5CASD3.0050-00, 5CASD3.0100-00, 5CASD3.0150-00, 5CASD3.0200-00,

5CASD3.0300-00, 5CASD3.0500-00, 5CASD3.1000-00 - Technical data................................140Table 139: 5CASDL.0008-00, 5CASDL.0018-00, 5CASDL.0050-00, 5CASDL.0100-00, 5CASDL.0150-00,

5CASDL.0200-00, 5CASDL.0250-00, 5CASDL.0300-00 - Order data......................................143Table 140: 5CASDL.0008-00, 5CASDL.0018-00, 5CASDL.0050-00, 5CASDL.0100-00, 5CASDL.0150-00,

5CASDL.0200-00, 5CASDL.0250-00, 5CASDL.0300-00 - Technical data................................143Table 141: 5CASDL.0018-01, 5CASDL.0050-01, 5CASDL.0100-01, 5CASDL.0150-01 - Order data........ 146Table 142: 5CASDL.0018-01, 5CASDL.0050-01, 5CASDL.0100-01, 5CASDL.0150-01 - Technical data.. 146Table 143: 5CASDL.0018-03, 5CASDL.0050-03, 5CASDL.0100-03, 5CASDL.0150-03, 5CASDL.0200-03,

5CASDL.0250-03, 5CASDL.0300-03 - Order data....................................................................149Table 144: 5CASDL.0018-03, 5CASDL.0050-03, 5CASDL.0100-03, 5CASDL.0150-03, 5CASDL.0200-03,

5CASDL.0250-03, 5CASDL.0300-03 - Technical data..............................................................149Table 145: 5CASDL.0xxx-03 SDL flex cables - Construction..................................................................... 151Table 146: 5CASDL.0300-13, 5CASDL.0400-13, 5CASDL.0430-13 - Order data......................................153Table 147: 5CASDL.0300-13, 5CASDL.0400-13, 5CASDL.0430-13 - Technical data................................153Table 148: 5CADVI.0018-00, 5CADVI.0050-00, 5CADVI.0100-00 - Order data.........................................156Table 149: 5CADVI.0018-00, 5CADVI.0050-00, 5CADVI.0100-00 - Technical data...................................156Table 150: 9A0014.02, 9A0014.05, 9A0014.10 - Order data......................................................................159Table 151: 9A0014.02, 9A0014.05, 9A0014.10 - Technical data................................................................159Table 152: 5CAUSB.0018-00, 5CAUSB.0050-00 - Order data................................................................... 161Table 153: 5CAUSB.0018-00, 5CAUSB.0050-00 - Technical data.............................................................161Table 154: Abbreviations used in this user's manual..................................................................................165

Page 171: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Model number index

Mod

el n

umbe

r ind

ex

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 171

0AC201.91............................................................................................................................................................1350TB103.9..............................................................................................................................................................1320TB103.91............................................................................................................................................................1320TB2104.8000......................................................................................................................................................1344A0006.00-000.....................................................................................................................................................1355AC901.BUPS-00...................................................................................................................................................895AC901.BUPS-01...................................................................................................................................................935AC901.I485-00..................................................................................................................................................... 605AC901.ICAN-00....................................................................................................................................................645AC901.ICAN-01....................................................................................................................................................675AC901.IETH-00.................................................................................................................................................... 825AC901.IHDA-00....................................................................................................................................................705AC901.IPLK-00.....................................................................................................................................................745AC901.IRDY-00....................................................................................................................................................785AC901.ISIO-00..................................................................................................................................................... 805AC901.ISRM-00................................................................................................................................................... 725AC901.IUPS-00....................................................................................................................................................855AC901.IUPS-01....................................................................................................................................................875ACCBC01.0000-000...........................................................................................................................................1005ACCBC01.0000-001...........................................................................................................................................1005ACCFF01.0000-000............................................................................................................................................. 995ACCFF01.0000-001............................................................................................................................................. 995ACCFF01.0000-002............................................................................................................................................. 995ACCLI02.DPO0-000.............................................................................................................................................535ACCLI02.SD40-000..............................................................................................................................................585ACCLI02.SDL0-000..............................................................................................................................................555APC3100.KBU0-000............................................................................................................................................ 415APC3100.KBU1-000............................................................................................................................................ 415APC3100.KBU2-000............................................................................................................................................ 415APC3100.KBU3-000............................................................................................................................................ 415CADVI.0018-00.................................................................................................................................................. 1565CADVI.0050-00.................................................................................................................................................. 1565CADVI.0100-00.................................................................................................................................................. 1565CASD3.0030-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASD3.0050-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASD3.0100-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASD3.0150-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASD3.0200-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASD3.0300-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASD3.0500-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASD3.1000-00................................................................................................................................................. 1405CASDL.0008-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0018-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0018-01................................................................................................................................................. 1465CASDL.0018-03................................................................................................................................................. 1495CASDL.0050-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0050-01................................................................................................................................................. 1465CASDL.0050-03................................................................................................................................................. 1495CASDL.0100-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0100-01................................................................................................................................................. 1465CASDL.0100-03................................................................................................................................................. 1495CASDL.0150-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0150-01................................................................................................................................................. 1465CASDL.0150-03................................................................................................................................................. 1495CASDL.0200-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0200-03................................................................................................................................................. 1495CASDL.0250-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0250-03................................................................................................................................................. 1495CASDL.0300-00................................................................................................................................................. 1435CASDL.0300-03................................................................................................................................................. 1495CASDL.0300-13................................................................................................................................................. 1535CASDL.0400-13................................................................................................................................................. 153

Page 172: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Model number index

172 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

5CASDL.0430-13................................................................................................................................................. 1535CAUPS.0005-01...................................................................................................................................................975CAUPS.0010-01...................................................................................................................................................975CAUPS.0013-01...................................................................................................................................................975CAUPS.0030-01...................................................................................................................................................975CAUSB.0018-00.................................................................................................................................................1615CAUSB.0050-00.................................................................................................................................................1615CFAST.016G-00................................................................................................................................................... 475CFAST.032G-00................................................................................................................................................... 475CFAST.032G-10................................................................................................................................................... 505CFAST.064G-10................................................................................................................................................... 505CFAST.128G-10................................................................................................................................................... 505CFAST.2048-00.................................................................................................................................................... 475CFAST.256G-10................................................................................................................................................... 505CFAST.4096-00.................................................................................................................................................... 475CFAST.8192-00.................................................................................................................................................... 475MMDDR.016G-04.................................................................................................................................................445MMDDR.4096-04..................................................................................................................................................445MMDDR.8192-04..................................................................................................................................................445MMUSB.032G-02............................................................................................................................................... 1385MMUSB.2048-01................................................................................................................................................1365MMUSB.4096-01................................................................................................................................................1365SWUTI.0001-000................................................................................................................................................1235SWW10.0653-MUL............................................................................................................................................ 1115SWW10.0655-MUL............................................................................................................................................ 1115SWW10.0753-MUL............................................................................................................................................ 1115SWW10.0755-MUL............................................................................................................................................ 1119A0014.02............................................................................................................................................................ 1599A0014.05............................................................................................................................................................ 1599A0014.10............................................................................................................................................................ 159

Page 173: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Index

Inde

x

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 173

A

Accessories......................................................................................................................................................... 132ADI...................................................................................................................................................................... 113

.NET SDK...................................................................................................................................................... 118Development Kit............................................................................................................................................ 116

ADI Control Center............................................................................................................................................... 83Air circulation clearance values........................................................................................................................... 21

B

B&R Automation Device Interface...................................................................................................................... 113B&R Control Center............................................................................................................................................ 113B&R KCF Editor................................................................................................................................................. 122B&R Key Editor.................................................................................................................................................. 120Battery unit........................................................................................................................................................... 89Bend radius........................................................................................................................................................ 106Bend radius specifications.................................................................................................................................. 106Blink code............................................................................................................................................................. 36

C

Cable connections.............................................................................................................................................. 106Cable lengths..................................................................................................................................... 39, 39, 57, 57Cables................................................................................................................................................................. 140

DVI................................................................................................................................................................. 156RS232............................................................................................................................................................ 159SDL................................................................................................................................................................ 143SDL3.............................................................................................................................................................. 140SDL flex......................................................................................................................................................... 149SDL flex cables with extender...................................................................................................................... 153SDL with 45° male connector....................................................................................................................... 146USB................................................................................................................................................................ 161

CANBus length................................................................................................................................................. 65, 68Cable type................................................................................................................................................. 66, 68

CAN bus master interface.............................................................................................................................. 64, 67CAN interface....................................................................................................................................................... 65CE marking......................................................................................................................................................... 124Certifications....................................................................................................................................... 124, 125, 125

EAC................................................................................................................................................................ 125UL Haz. Loc.................................................................................................................................................. 126

CFast cards.......................................................................................................................................................... 45Climate chamber................................................................................................................................................. 110COM .................................................................................................................................................................... 61Complaints.......................................................................................................................................................... 163Complete system.................................................................................................................................................. 16Conduct interference.......................................................................................................................................... 105Connecting the battery unit................................................................................................................................ 163Control Center.................................................................................................................................................... 113Creating reports.................................................................................................................................................. 114

D

DC power cable.................................................................................................................................................. 104Device interfaces and slots.................................................................................................................................. 30Dimensions

5AC901.BUPS-00............................................................................................................................................ 915AC901.BUPS-01............................................................................................................................................ 95

Dimension standards............................................................................................................................................ 10Disposal.......................................................................................................................................................... 10, 10

Page 174: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Index

174 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

Drilling template5AC901.BUPS-00............................................................................................................................................ 915AC901.BUPS-01............................................................................................................................................ 95

Dual-channel memory........................................................................................................................................... 44DVI cables.......................................................................................................................................................... 156DVI mode

With multi-touch Automation Panel................................................................................................................. 18DVI operation........................................................................................................................................................ 18

With single-touch Automation Panel............................................................................................................... 18DVI transfer....................................................................................................................................... 39, 57, 39, 57Dynamic wear leveling......................................................................................................................................... 45

E

EAC..................................................................................................................................................................... 125Electrical characteristics....................................................................................................................................... 28Electromagnetic compatibility............................................................................................................................. 124EMC directive..................................................................................................................................................... 124Environmental characteristics............................................................................................................................... 23

Shock............................................................................................................................................................... 27Temperature.................................................................................................................................................... 23Vibration........................................................................................................................................................... 27

ESD......................................................................................................................................................................... 8Electrical components with a housing............................................................................................................... 8Electrical components without a housing.......................................................................................................... 8Individual components....................................................................................................................................... 8Packaging.......................................................................................................................................................... 8

Ethernet controller.......................................................................................................................................... 32, 32Evaluate the temperature................................................................................................................................... 109Evaluating temperatures..................................................................................................................................... 108

F

Fan control.......................................................................................................................................................... 165Front covers.......................................................................................................................................................... 99Functional ground............................................................................................................................................... 105

G

General tolerance................................................................................................................................................. 10Ground connection............................................................................................................................................... 31Guidelines............................................................................................................................................................. 10

H

HDA....................................................................................................................................................................... 70HMI Service Center............................................................................................................................................ 123

I

IF option................................................................................................................................................................ 60Immunity to interference..................................................................................................................................... 105Implementation guide......................................................................................................................................... 110Installation........................................................................................................................................................... 101

Battery unit.................................................................................................................................................... 163Installing the battery unit.................................................................................................................................... 163Installing the DC power cable............................................................................................................................ 104Interface option..................................................................................................................................................... 60Interfaces.............................................................................................................................................................. 30

+24 VDC power supply............................................................................................................................. 28, 31

Page 175: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Index

Inde

x

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 175

K

KC....................................................................................................................................................................... 125KCF Editor.......................................................................................................................................................... 122Key covers.......................................................................................................................................................... 100Key Editor........................................................................................................................................................... 120

L

LED....................................................................................................................................................................... 36LED "Disk"............................................................................................................................................................ 36LED "Link"............................................................................................................................................................. 36LED "Run"............................................................................................................................................................. 36LED "Status/Error"................................................................................................................................................ 75LEDs..................................................................................................................................................................... 59LED status indicators........................................................................................................................................... 36

M

Main memory........................................................................................................................................................ 44Mechanical characteristics.................................................................................................................................... 20MIC, Line IN, Line OUT....................................................................................................................................... 71

P

Power calculation........................................................................................................................................... 29, 29Power connectors............................................................................................................................................... 132Power grid connection

DC power cable............................................................................................................................................. 104Power LED........................................................................................................................................................... 36POWERLINK

LED "Status/Error"........................................................................................................................................... 75System stop error codes................................................................................................................................. 77

POWERLINK interface......................................................................................................................................... 75Power rating......................................................................................................................................................... 29Power supply.................................................................................................................................................. 28, 31Proper ESD

handling............................................................................................................................................................. 8Protection.............................................................................................................................................................. 27

R

RCM.................................................................................................................................................................... 125Ready relay.......................................................................................................................................................... 81Real-time clock..................................................................................................................................................... 37Repairs................................................................................................................................................................ 163Replacement parts.............................................................................................................................................. 163Resolution for DVI transfer............................................................................................................................ 39, 57RS232

Bus length........................................................................................................................................................ 61Cable type....................................................................................................................................................... 61

RS232/422/485 interface...................................................................................................................................... 60RS232 cables..................................................................................................................................................... 159RS422

Bus length........................................................................................................................................................ 62Cable type....................................................................................................................................................... 62

RS485Bus length........................................................................................................................................................ 62Cable type....................................................................................................................................................... 62

RS485 interface.................................................................................................................................................... 62

Page 176: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Index

176 Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60

S

S.M.A.R.T.............................................................................................................................................................. 25Safety guidelines.............................................................................................................................................. 8, 10

Environmental conditions.................................................................................................................................. 9Environmentally friendly disposal.................................................................................................................... 10Installation.......................................................................................................................................................... 9Intended use...................................................................................................................................................... 8Operation........................................................................................................................................................... 9Organization..................................................................................................................................................... 10Policies and procedures.................................................................................................................................... 8Protection against electrostatic discharge......................................................................................................... 8Separation of materials................................................................................................................................... 10Transport and storage....................................................................................................................................... 9

Sample programs............................................................................................................................................... 110SDL3/SDL4 cables............................................................................................................................................. 140SDL cables......................................................................................................................................................... 143SDL cables with 45° male connector................................................................................................................. 146SDL flex cables.................................................................................................................................................. 149SDL flex cables with extender........................................................................................................................... 153SDL operation....................................................................................................................................................... 16

Mode 1............................................................................................................................................................. 16Mode 2............................................................................................................................................................. 17

SDL resolution................................................................................................................................................ 39, 57SDL transmission............................................................................................................................... 39, 57, 39, 57Self-discharge time............................................................................................................................................... 37Serial interface...................................................................................................................................................... 61Service Center.................................................................................................................................................... 123Shock.............................................................................................................................................................. 27, 27Slots...................................................................................................................................................................... 30Software versions............................................................................................................................................... 114Space for air circulation....................................................................................................................................... 20Standards and guidelines................................................................................................................................... 124Static wear leveling.............................................................................................................................................. 45Switching on the device for the first time.......................................................................................................... 107System components............................................................................................................................................. 14

T

Temperature monitoring..................................................................................................................................... 165Temperature specifications................................................................................................................................ 3, 3Temperature testing............................................................................................................................................ 108Temperature testing instructions........................................................................................................................ 108Temperature testing procedure.......................................................................................................................... 108Total power........................................................................................................................................................... 29

U

UL Haz. Loc. certification................................................................................................................................... 126Uninterruptible power supply................................................................................................................................ 83UPS................................................................................................................................................................ 83, 83UPS connection cable.................................................................................................................................... 83, 97UPS IF option....................................................................................................................................................... 83UPS interface................................................................................................................................................. 86, 88USB 3.0................................................................................................................................................................ 33USB cables......................................................................................................................................................... 161USB flash drive................................................................................................................................................... 136User serial ID..................................................................................................................................................... 114

Page 177: Automation PC 3100 · Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 1 Automation PC 3100 User's manual Version: 0.60 (October 2017) Model no.: MAAPC3100-ENG Translation of the original manual

Index

Inde

x

Automation PC 3100 user's manual V0.60 177

V

Vibration......................................................................................................................................................... 27, 27Video signal....................................................................................................................................... 38, 54, 55, 59

W

Weight............................................................................................................................................................. 22, 22Wiring.................................................................................................................................................................. 104